You are on page 1of 155

Service

Polo Estate 1998 ➤


Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller ot g rocker
AG do AG. Volkswagen
agen es n
olksw
finger)
V
d by ua
ran
rise tee
ho
ut or
Engine ID AKK ANW AUD
ss
a ac

ce
le
un

pt
Edition 12.1999

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker
finger)

Repair Group
01 - Self-diagnosis
24 - Mixture preparation, Injection
28 - Ignition system

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their careful
and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and safety. In
addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a matter of course,
be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2011 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg 00056407920


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Contents

01 - Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1 General to self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1 General to self-diagnosis V.o.lk.s.w.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
n AG. gen
1.2 Features of self-diagnosis wage . . . . . . .A.G. d.o.es. n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
olks ot
1.3 Technicaleddata by
V
of self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .gu. a.ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ir s nte
1.4 Significance
tho of EPC warning lamp (fault lamp for electronic eo accelerator) in dash panel insert
. . s.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
u
s
1.5 Significance of exhaust emissions warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

ce
e
nl

pt
du

1.6 Connecting fault reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

an
itte

y li
2 Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
erm

ab
ility
2.1 Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
ot p

wit
, is n

2.2 Interrogating and erasing fault memory of engine control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

h re
2.3 Automatic test sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

3 Fault table: SAE P0 codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

t to the co
3.1 Fault table: SAE P0 codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
4 Fault table: SAE P1 codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

rrectness of i
4.1 Fault table: SAE P1 codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
5 Final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
l purpos

5.1 Final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19


5.2 Performing final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

nform
ercia

6 Readiness code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22


m

at
om

6.1 Readiness code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22


ion
c

in t
6.2 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
or

his
e

6.3 Reading readiness code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22


at

do
riv

6.4 Generating readiness code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23


p

cum
for

en
g

7 Measured value blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29


n

t.
yi Co
op
7.1 Measured value blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
C py
t. rig
gh ht
7.2 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
7.3 Read measured value block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Prote
cted AG.
agen

8 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 -Basic functions- . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
8.1 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 -Basic functions- . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
9 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 -Ignition- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
9.1 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 -Ignition- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
10 Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda regulation- . . . . . . . .38
10.1 Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda regulation- . . . . . . . .38
11 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 -Speed regulation- . . . . . . . . . .43
11.1 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 -Speed regulation- . . . . . . . . . .43
12 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 70...79 -Reducing emissions- . . . . . . . .46
12.1 Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 70...79 -Reducing emissions- . . . . . . . .46
13 Evaluating measured value blocks, display group 100 -Readiness code- . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
13.1 Evaluating measured value blocks, display group 100 -Readiness code- . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

24 - Mixture preparation, Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48


1 Servicing injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
1.1 Servicing injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
1.2 Fitting locations overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
1.3 General notes on injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
1.4 Removing and installing parts of the injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
1.5 Dismantling and assembling intake manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
1.6 Dismantling and assembling fuel rail with injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
1.7 Dismantling and assembling air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
1.8 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Contents i
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.9 Rules for cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73


1.10 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
2 Checking components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
2.1 Checking components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
2.2 Checking Lambda probe heating before catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
2.3 Checking Lambda probe heating after catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
2.4 Checking throttle valve control part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
2.5 Checking intake manifold pressure sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
2.6 Checking intake air temperature sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
2.7 Checking coolant temperature sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
2.8 Checking engine speed sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
2.9 Checking injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
2.10 Checking fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure . . .A.G.. V. o.lk.sw . a. g.e.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
n AG
2.11 Checking intake air system for leaks (unmetered air) lks w. a.g.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . .do. e.s .n . . . . . . . . . .106
V o ot g
2.12 Checking intake air preheating . . . . . . . . . . .se.d.by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . u.a.ra.n . . . . .107
ir
2.13 Checking vacuum valve . . . . . . . . . . . . .ut.ho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t.ee. o. . .107
a ra
3 Checking functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c .109

ce
le

3.1 Checking functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109


un

pt
an
d

3.2 Idling check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109


itte

y li
rm

ab
3.3 Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation before catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
pe

ility
3.4 Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation after catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
ot

wit
, is n

3.5 Checking ageing of Lambda probe before catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

h re
hole

3.6 Checking engine operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

spec
es, in part or in w

4 Engine control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

t to the co
4.1 Engine control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
4.2 Checking control unit voltage supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

rrectness of i
4.3 Procedure after voltage supply open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
4.4 Replacing engine control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
l purpos

4.5 Coding engine control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126


4.6 Adapting engine control unit to throttle valve control part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

nform
ercia

4.7 Adapting engine control unit to electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129


m

a
5 Checking additional signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
com

tion in
5.1 Checking additional signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
r
te o

thi
5.2 Checking speed signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

s
iva

do
5.3 Checking signal from/to air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
r
rp

cum
fo

5.4 Checking signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
en
ng

t.
yi Co
5.5 Checking rpm signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
t. Cop py
rig
5.6 Checking matching resistor of data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
28 - Ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 Servicing ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138


1.1 Servicing ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
1.2 General notes on ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
1.3 Removing and installing parts of the ignition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
1.4 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
1.5 Test data, spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
1.6 Checking Hall sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
1.7 Checking ignition transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
1.8 Checking knock sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
1.9 Check misfiring recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

ii Contents
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

01 - Self-diagnosis

1 - General to self-diagnosis
1.1 - General to self-diagnosis

1.2 - Features of self-diagnosis

The engine control unit (Motronic control unit J220) is equipped with a fault memory.

If faults occur in the sensors and components being monitored, they will be stored in the fault memory together
with an indication of the type of fault.

After evaluating the information, the engine control unit decides among different faults => Fault table page
13 and stores these until the contents of the fault memory is erased.

Faults which only occur sporadically will have the addendum "sporadic fault" on the print out. These faults will
be indicated on the display by the addendum "/SP". The cause of sporadic faults can be e.g. a loose contact
or a brief open circuit. If a sporadic fault does not occur again within 40 warm-up phases (engine start below
50° C coolant temperature - switched off above 72° C), it will be erased from the fault memory.

The faults stored can be read-out with the fault reader V.A.G 1551, the vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 or
the new tester VAS 5051 => Page 7 .

The fault memory must be erased after the faults have been rectified => Page 7 .

All values learnt by the engine control unit will be erased when the engine control unit connector is pulled off
or the battery is disconnected. However the contents of the fault memory are retained. When the engine is
subsequently started the idling could be rough for a brief period. In this case leave the engine running for a few
minutes at idling speed or perform a longer test drive, until the learninglksprocess
wagen AG
is completed.
Procedure after voltage supply open circuit =>Page 125 .swagen AG. Vo does
k not
Vol gu
by
Note: ris
e d ara
nte
utho eo
r
General information for self-diagnosis can bessfound
a
in the instruction manuals for the fault readeracV.A.G 1551,
vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 or the new tester VAS 5051.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

1.3 - Technical data of self-diagnosis


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Control unit identification


es, in part or in w

t to the co

The faults stored can be read-out with the fault reader V.A.G 1551, the vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 or
the new tester VAS 5051 => Page 7 .
rrectness of i

Equipment
l purpos

nform

Engine code AKK ANW AUD


ercia

System designation Motronic ME7.5.10 Motronic ME7.5.10 Motronic ME7.5.10


m

at
om

Exhaust emissions fulfil MVEG II standard D4 standard EU4 standard


on
c

in t
r

EPC system yes yes yes


o

his
ate

Self-diagnosis yes yes yes


do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o

1
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG. 1.1 - General to self-diagnosis
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ ho
ir se tee
t
u roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999or a
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve,
a c
ss

ce
le
un
Final control diagnosis yes yes yes

pt
an
d
itte
Operating mode of data transfer to V.A.G Rapid data transfer Rapid data transfer Rapid data transfer

y li
erm

ab
1551/1552

ility
ot p
Fault memory Non-volatile memo‐ Non-volatile memo‐ Non-volatile memo‐

wit
is n
ry1) ry1) ry1)

h re
ole,
Memory for learnt values Volatile memory2) Volatile memory2) Volatile memory2)

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Lambda regulation 1 probes 2 probes 2 probes

t to the co
Knock control 1 knock sensor 1 knock sensor 1 knock sensor
1) Independent of voltage supply.

rrectne
2) Values are erased when voltage supply is interrupted.
Functions which can be selected when using the fault readers V.A.G 1551/1552 or VAS 5051

ss o
cial p

f i
The prerequisites to select the desired functions can be found in the following table.

nform
mer

atio
Function Prerequisite
om

n
c

Functions on V.A.G 1551/1552 Engine stationary, ignition Engine running at idling Vehicle being driven

i
or

n thi
or on switched on speed
te

sd
va

VAS 5051
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

01 Interrogate control unit ver‐ yes yes yes

en
ng

t.
sion
yi Co
Cop py
02 Interrogate fault memory yes1) yes yes
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
03 Final control diagnosis yes no no
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
04 Basic setting2) yes yes yes
AG.

05 Erase fault memory yes yes yes


06 End output yes yes yes
07 Code control unit no no no
08 Read measured value yes yes yes
block
10 Adaption no no no
15 Read readiness code3) yes yes yes
1) Only carry out with ignition switched on, when engine does not start (operate starter for at least 6 seconds
first).
2) Must be carried out after the following: Replacing engine control unit, throttle valve control part, engine
or disconnecting battery.
3) Only engine codes ANW, AUD

1.4 - Significance of EPC warning lamp (fault lamp for electronic accelerator) in dash panel
insert

"EPC" is the abbreviation for Electronic Power Control.

2 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
-> Location of EPC warning lamp

If faults are recognised in electronic power control system when the engine is running, the combi-instrument
will switch on the EPC lamp. (These faults are identified in the fault table.) Simultaneously an entry is made in
the engine control unit fault memory.

Functional check:

- Switch on ignition:
the EPC warning lamp must light-up.

If the EPC warning lamp does not light-up with ignition switched on:

- Check combi-instrument and EPC warning lamp as follows:

=> Electrical system self-diagnosis; Repair group 01

If the EPC warning lamp lights up with ignition switched on:

- Start engine and run at idling speed:


The EPC warning lamp must go out after
a few seconds.

If the EPC warning lamp does not go out: n AG. Volkswagen AG do


lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary, repair d any faults and then erase fault memory
b ua
ran => Page 7 , in‐
ir se
terrogating and erasing fault memory. tho tee
or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
1.5 - Significance of exhaust emissions warning lamp
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Engine code: AUD

h re
hole

spec
If the engine control unit detects a fault this is indicated by switching the exhaust emissions warning lamp on.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
-> Location of exhaust emissions warning lamp
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note: cted agen
Prote AG.

The exhaust emissions warning lamp can switch on in the continuous or flashing mode. Always interrogate fault
memory => Page 7 .

◆ Flashing mode: There is a fault present which can damage the catalyst when continuing to drive at this
power output. If this occurs, continue driving only at reduced output.

1.4 - Significance of EPC warning lamp (fault lamp for electronic accelerator) in dash panel

insert 3
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
◆ Continuous mode: There is a fault present which causes the emissions to deteriorate. Interrogate engine or
gearbox control unit in this case.

◆ Interrogate the fault memory if the customer has a complaint or there is a driving characteristic problem and
the exhaust gas warning lamp does not light up, this is because faults can be stored which will not switch
the exhaust gas warning lamp on immediately.

Functional check:
- Switch on ignition:
the exhaust emissions warning lamp must light-up.

If the exhaust emissions warning lamp does not light-up with ignition switched on:
- Check combi-instrument and exhaust emissions warning lamp as follows:

=> Electrical system self-diagnosis; Repair group 01


If the exhaust emissions warning lamp lights-up with ignition switched on, continue check as follows:
- Start engine and run at idling speed:
The exhaust emissions warning lamp must go out after
a few seconds. AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
lksw es n
Vonot ot g
If the exhaust emissions warning lamp does db
y go out: ua
ra
- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary,
rise repair any faults and then erase faultntmemory
ee => Page 7 , in‐
tho
terrogating and erasing fault memory.
s au
or
ac
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
1.6 - Connecting fault reader
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

All functions which could previously be performed with V.A.G 1551/1552 can also be performed with the new
i
or

n thi
e

tester VAS 5051 in the operating mode vehicle self-diagnosis.


t

sd
va

=> Operating instructions for Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051.
i

o
pr

cum
r

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
fo

en
ng

t.
◆ -> VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System
yi Co
op
◆ Diagnosis cable VAS 5051/1 or VAS 5051/3
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Test conditions:
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
◆ -> Fuses No. 1, 3, 11, 15, 23, 30, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 39 and 40 must be OK.
◆ The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
◆ Earth connection between engine (at bell housing) and body (under battery) OK.
◆ Earth connection in plenum chamber OK.

Connecting VAS 5051

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

- -> Pull out ashtray -1-.

spec
- Fit connector from diagnosis cable VAS 5051/1 or VAS 5051/3 to diagnosis connection.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Depending upon desired function:
Switch ignition on
or
Start engine => Page 2 , Table "Selectable functions".
rrectness of i
l purpos

Selecting operating mode:

- Press button on display for "Vehicle self-diagnosis".


nform
mercia

Selecting vehicle system:


com

tion in
r
te o

- Press button "01 - Engine electronics" on display.


thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

The control unit identification and coding are indicated on the display.
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
If the coding differs from the vehicle version:
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
- Check control unit coding and, if necessary, code engine control unit => Page 126
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Selecting diagnosis function:

All diagnostic functions available are indicated on the display.

- Press button on display for desired function.

Notes:

The display zones in functions 04 - Basic setting or 08 - Read measured value block are shown from top to
bottom.

The following test sequences are for fault reader V.A.G 1551.

Connecting V.A.G 1551

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ V.A.G 1551 Fault reader


◆ V.A.G 1551/3 Cable

1.6 - Connecting fault reader 5


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Note:

The vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 can be used instead of the fault reader V.A.G 1551, however a print-out
is not possible.

Work sequence

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 using cable V.A.G 1551/3.


- Depending upon desired function:
Switch ignition on
or
Start engine => Page 2 , Table "Selectable functions".
. Volkswag n AG en AG
wage does
olks not
Notes: by
V gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
◆ If the display remains blank, acheck
ut
h
voltage supply for diagnostic connection according
ra
c
to fault finding pro‐
gramme: ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
◆ If the display does not indicate as described in the work sequence:
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
=> Fault reader operating instructions
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

◆ If due to an input fault "Fault in the data transfer!" is displayed, pull wire off fault reader, reconnect and repeat

t to the co
work step.

-> Indicated on display:

rrectness of i
V.A.G - SELF DIAGNOSIS HELP
l purpos

1 - Rapid data transfer*


2 - Flash code output*

nform
ercia

* Appears alternately
m

at
om

io
- Operate fault reader taking into account the information on the display:
n
c

in t
r

- Press key 1 for "Rapid data transfer".


o

his
te

- Press keys 0 and 1 for address word "Engine electronics" and confirm entry with Q key.
a

do
priv

cum
or

-> The control unit identification and the coding will appear on the display, e.g.:
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
6K0906032M Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
◆ 6K0906032M = Part No. of control unit (for up-to-date control unit version see parts film)
co lksw
by
cted agen
◆ ME 7.5.10 = System designation and version Prote AG.
◆ 2921 = Program level number
◆ Coding 00001 = Control unit coding
◆ WSC xxxxx = Workshop code from V.A.G 1551, of the workshop who carried out the last coding. (If the
factory coding has not been changed, WSC 00000 appears)

Note:

Replace control unit if the control version displayed does not correspond to the vehicle

=> Page 125 .

An incorrectly coded engine control unit leads to:

◆ Engine running faults (gear change jerks, load change jerks, etc.)
◆ Increased fuel consumption
◆ Increased exhaust gas emissions
◆ Faults stored in fault memory which are not actually present
◆ Functions will not be performed (Lambda regulation, activation of the activated charcoal filter system, etc.).
◆ Reduced gearbox life

6 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
If the coding differs from the vehicle version, then:

- Checking control unit coding => Page 126 ,


coding engine control unit
- Press ⇒key.

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Further measures see repair procedures.

2 - Fault memory
2.1 - Fault memory
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Interrogate fault memory of all control units byV gu
ara
ed
nte
=> Page 8 , Automatic test sequence horis
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
2.2 - Interrogating and erasing fault memory of engine control unit
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

h re
hole

spec
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Work sequence

rrectness of i
Note:
l purpos

All functions which could previously be performed with V.A.G 1551/1552 can also be performed with the new
tester VAS 5051.

nform
ercia

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
m

a
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
com

tio
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

Only when engine does not start:


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

- Operate starter for approx. 6 seconds and then do not switch off the ignition.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
- Switch on fault reader printer with the print key. The warning lamp in key must light up. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
-> Indicated on display: Prote AG.
Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XX

- Operate fault reader taking into account the information on the display:
- Press keys 0 and 2 for function "Interrogate fault memory" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> The number of faults stored or "No fault recognised!" will be shown on the display.
X Faults recognised!

If no fault is stored:

- Press ⇒key.

1.6 - Connecting fault reader 7


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve,
en AG. V
olroller
kswagenrocker
AG finger) - Edition 12.1999
wag does
olks not
If one or more faults are stored: by V gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
h
The stored faults will be displayed and
au printed out one
t
after the other. ra
c
ss

ce
le
-> After the stored faults have been printed out, the display will show:

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Rapid data transfer HELP

erm

ab
Select function XX

ility
ot p

wit
is n

- Press keys 0 and 5 for the function "Erase fault memory" and confirm entry with Q key.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

-> Indicated on display:

t to the co
Rapid data transfer
Fault memory is erased!

rrectne
Note:

s
If the ignition is switched off between "Interrogate fault memory" and "Erase fault memory" the fault memory

s o
will not be erased.
cial p

f inform
mer

- Press ⇒key.

atio
om

n
c

-> Indicated on display:

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Rapid data transfer HELP


iv

o
r

Select function XX
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
-> Indicated on display:
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Rapid data transfer HELP cted agen
Prote AG.
Enter address word XX

- Switch off ignition.


- Rectify faults printed out using fault table:
SAE P0 codes=> Page 13

Only engine codes ANW, AUD

- Read readiness code=> Page 23 .

2.3 - Automatic test sequence

During test and assembly work faults can be recognised from other control units like e.g. plug disconnected.
Therefore, on completion, the fault memories of all control units must be interrogated and erased. To do this:

- Press key 0 twice for address word "Automatic test sequence" and confirm entry with Q key. The V.A.G
1551 transmits all known address words one after the other.

When a control unit answers with its identification the number of stored faults appears on the display or "No
fault recognised".

Any system faults that are stored will be displayed one after the other and printed out. The V.A.G 1551 will then
transmit the next address word.

-> The automatic test sequence has ended when following is indicated on display:
Rapid data transfer HELP
Enter address word XX

- Erase all fault memories and then carry out a road test.

8 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Observe the valid safety measures during a test drive => Page 29 .

During the road test the following operating conditions must be fulfilled:
- The coolant temperature must exceed 80 °C .
- When the temperature is reached, the operating conditions
Idling
Part throttle
Full throttle
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Overrun lksw
agen oes
not
must be attained several times. by
Vo gu
ara
- At full throttle the speed must
oris exceed 3500 rpm.
ed
nte
th eo
au ra
- Again interrogate the fault
s memories
s of all control units using the "automatic test sequence".
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
If no fault is stored:
itte

y li
erm

ab
- Press the ⇒key.

ility
ot p

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

wit
, is n

h re
- Switch off ignition.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Fault table: SAE P0 codes

rrectness of i
3.1 - Fault table: SAE P0 codes
l purpos

Notes:

nf
ercia

orm
m

◆ The fault code overview is listed according to SAE or V.A.G code.

atio
m

◆ Electronic accelerator "EPC" relevant faults are indicated additionally by the electronic accelerator warning
o

n in
c

lamp ("EPC warning lamp") in dash panel insert.


or

thi
e

◆ Explanation of the fault types (e.g. "open circuit/short circuit to earth"):


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
=> Fault reader operating instructions
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
◆ If components are indicated as faulty: t. C rig
gh ht
First check the wiring and connectors to these components as well as the system earth connections ac‐ yri
p by
o Vo
by c
cording to current flow diagram. This is particularly relevant if faults are output as "occurring
lksw
cted agen
sporadically" (SP).
Prote AG.

◆ Erase fault memory after rectifying fault =>Page 7 .

V.A.G 1551 print out, e.g.:


16497 P0113 035
Intake air temperature sender -G42
Signal too large
Sporadic fault
Explanation:
◆ 16497 = Fault code
◆ P0113 = Additional fault code (only for USA at present and disregard)
◆ 035 = Fault type as a number
◆ Intake air temperature sender -G42 = Faulty current path or incorrect location
◆ Signal too large = Fault type as text
◆ Sporadic faults = Faults that are not always present e.g. loose contact

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G

2.3 - Automatic test sequence 9


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


P0106 16490 Intake manifold pressure/air pressure => - - Check intake manifold pressure sender
G71/-F96implausible signal =>Page 84
P0107 16491 Intake manifold pressure/air pressure => -
G71/-F96signal too low
P0108 16492 Intake manifold pressure/air pressure => -
G71/-F96signal too high
P0112 16496 Intake air temperature sender -G42 signal too - Check intake air temperature sender => Page
high 86
P0113 16497 Intake air temperature sender -G42 signal too
high
P0116 16500 Coolant temperature sender -G62 implausible - Check coolant temperature sender => Page
signal 90
P0117 16501 Coolant temperature sender -G62 signal too - Checkn Athermostat:
G. Volkswagen AG d
low o
=>
lkswRepair group 19; Removing
age oes
not and installing
y V parts of cooling system; Parts of
gu cooling sys‐
d b ara
orise tem, engine-side Parts of cooling system,
nte
eo en‐
h
aut gine-side ra
c
ss
P0118 16502 Coolant temperature sender -G62 signal too

ce
e
nl

high

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination

wit
, is n

SAE V.A.G

h re
hole

spec
P0130 16514 Bank 1 probe 1 electrical fault in current circuit - Check Lambda probe and Lambda regulation
es, in part or in w

before catalyst

t to the co
=> Page 111
P0131 16515 Bank 1 probe 1 voltage too low - Check Lambda probe heating before catalyst
=> Page 74

rrectness of i
P0132 16516 Bank 1 probe 1 voltage too high
l purpos

P0133 16517 Bank 1 probe 1 signal too slow


P0134 16518 Bank 1 probe 1 no activity

nform
ercia

P0135 16519 Bank 1 probe 1 heating current circuit electrical


m

at
fault
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination do


priv

cum
or

SAE V.A.G
f

en
ng

t.
yi
P0136 16520 Bank 1 probe 2 electrical fault in current circuit - Check Lambda probe and Lambda control af‐
Co
op py
ter catalyst
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
=> Page 116 p by
co Vo
by lksw
P0137 16521 Bank 1 probe 2 voltage too low - Check Lambda probe heating after catalyst => cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 78
P0138 16522 Bank 1 probe 2 voltage too high
P0139 16523 Bank 1 probe 2 signal too slow
P0140 16524 Bank 1 probe 2 no activity
P0141 16525 Bank 1 probe 2 heating current circuit electrical
fault

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P0170 16554 Bank 1, fuel measuring system faulty - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure =>
Page 102
- Check injectors
=>Page 96

10 01 - Self-diagnosis
n AG. Volkswagen AG do Polo Estate 1998 ➤
wage es n
Motronic inj. y Vo and ignition system (2-valve,
lks ot g roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
db ua
ran
ir se tee
ut
ho - Checkor fuel pump:
ss
a => Repair ac group 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel
system; Check fuel pump Check fuel pump

ce
e
nl

pt
du

- Check intake system for leaks => Page 106

an
itte

y li
erm

- Check vacuum pipes for leaks

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination

spec
es, in part or in w

SAE V.A.G

t to the co
P0171 16555 Bank 1, fuel measuring system, system too - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding
lean pressure =>Page 102

rrectness of i
- Check injectors
=>Page 96
l purpos

- Check fuel pump:


=> Repair group 20; Removing and installing

nf
ercia

parts of fuel system; Check fuel pump Check

or
fuel pump

m
m

atio
m

- Check intake system for leaks => Page 106


o

n in
or c

- Check vacuum pipes for leaks

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


t.
yi Co
op py
SAE V.A.G t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
P0172 16556 Bank 1, fuel measuring system, system too - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding
cop Vo
by lksw
rich cted pressure => Page 102
agen
Prote AG.
- Check injectors
=>Page 96
- Check tank venting valve
=> Page 19 , final control diagnosis
- Check Lambda probe and Lambda regulation
before catalyst
=> Page 111
- Check Lambda probe and Lambda regulation
after catalyst
=> Page 116

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P0300 16684 Misfiring recognised - Check injectors=>Page 96
P0301 16685 Cyl. 1 misfiring recognised - Removing and installing parts of the ignition system => Page
139
P0302 16686 Cyl. 2 misfiring recognised - Check ignition transformer => Page 144
P0303 16687 Cyl. 3 misfiring recognised - Check misfiring detection
=> Page 150
P0304 16688 Cyl. 4 misfiring recognised

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P0321 16705 Engine speed sender -G28 implausible signal - Check engine speed sender
=>Page 94
P0322 16706 Engine speed sender -G28 no signal
P0327 16711 Knock sensor 1 -G61 signal too low - Check knock sensor
=> Page 148

3.1 - Fault table: SAE P0 codes 11


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

P0328 16712 Knock sensor 1 -G61 signal too high


P0341 16725 Camshaft pos. sensor, =>sender -G40 implau‐ - Check Hall sender =>Page 143
sible signal
P0342 16726 Camshaft pos. sensor, =>sender -G40 signal
too low
P0343 16727 Camshaft pos. sensor, =>sender -G40 signal
too high
P0422 16806 Bank 1 main catalyst efficiency to low - Check catalyst:
=> Repair group 26; Removing and installing
AG . Volkswagen AG d
parts of exhaust system; Checking catalyst
lksw
agen oes
n Checking catalyst
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
Fault code Fault text au acFault elimination
ss

ce
e

SAE V.A.G
nl

pt
du

an
P0440 16824 Tank venting system faulty - Check tank venting valve
itte

y li
erm

=> Page 19 , Final control diagnosis

ab
ility
ot p

P0441 16825 Tank venting valve flow rate faulty - Check hoses and connecting pipes from fuel tank to throt‐

wit
, is n

tle valve control part:

h re
=> Repair group 20; Activated charcoal filter system;
hole

spec
Checking activated charcoal filter system for leaks Check‐
es, in part or in w

ing activated charcoal filter system for leaks

t to the co
rrectness of i
Fault code Fault text Fault elimination
l purpos

SAE V.A.G
P0501 16885 Vehicle speed signal implausible - Check speed signal
=> Page 130
nf
ercia

or

P0506 16890 Idling speed control, Revs below specification - Check idling speed control => Page 109 ,
m
m

atio

Idling check
om

n in
c

P0507 16891 Idling speed control, Revs above specification


or

thi
te

sd

P0532 16916 A/C pressure sensor -G65 signal too low - Check high pressure sender -G65
iva

o
r

=> Heating, air conditioning;


rp

cu
o

=> Repair group 87


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
P0533 16917 A/C pressure sensor -G65 signal too high ht. Cop py
rig
P0560 16944 Voltage supply signal implausible - Check voltage supply
rig ht
py by
Vo
=> Page 123
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
P0562 16946 Voltage supply too low - Procedure after interrupting voltage supply =>
AG.

Page 125
P0563 16947 Voltage supply too high

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P0571 16955 Brake light switch -F,implausible signal1) - Check brake light switch and brake pedal switch
=> Page 133
P0600 16984 Drive train data bus message missing - Check matching resistor for data bus => Page
136
P0601 16985 Control unit defective - Replace engine control unit => Page 125
P0604 16988 Control unit defective
P0605 16989 Control unit defective
P0606 16990 Control unit defective

1) The system monitors both brake light switch -F and brake pedal switch -F47.

12 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

4 - Fault table: SAE P1 codes


4.1 - Fault table: SAE P1 codes

Notes:
◆ The fault code overview is listed according to SAE or V.A.G code.
◆ Erase fault memory after rectifying fault =>Page 7 .

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1102 17510 Bank 1, probe 1 heating element circuit, short - Check Lambda probe heating before catalyst
to positive => Page 74
P1105 17513 Bank 1, probe 2 heating element circuit short to - Check Lambda probe heating after catalyst =>
positive Page 78
P1111 17519 Lambda control Bank 1 system too lean - Check Lambda probe and Lambda control
before catalyst
=> Page 111
P1112 17520 Lambda control Bank 1 system too rich
P1113 17521 Bank 1, probe 1 internal resistance too high - Check Lambda probe heating before catalyst
=> Page 74
P1114 17522 Bank 1, probe 2 internal resistance too high - Check Lambda probe heating after catalyst =>
G. Volk78
Page
gen A
swagen AG
does
swa
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
Fault code Fault text s au Fault elimination ra
c
s
SAE V.A.G

ce
e
nl

pt
du

P1115 17523 Bank 1, probe 1 heating element circuit short - Check Lambda probe heating before catalyst

an
itte

y li
to earth => Page 74
erm

ab
ility
P1116 17524 Bank 1, probe 1 heating element circuit, open
ot p

wit
circuit
, is n

h re
P1117 17525 Bank 1, probe 2 heating element circuit short - Check Lambda probe heating after catalyst =>
hole

spec
to earth Page 78
es, in part or in w

t to the co
P1118 17526 Bank 1, probe 2 heating element circuit open
circuit
P1127 17535 Bank 1, mixture adaption (mult.) system too - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding
rich pressure => Page 102 rrectness of i
l purpos

- Check injectors
=>Page 96
- Check tank venting valve
nf
ercia

=> Page 19 , Final control diagnosis


rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
e

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


t

sd
iva

o
r

SAE V.A.G
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

P1128 17536 Bank 1 mixture adaption (mult.) system too - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding
t.
yi Co
lean pressure => Page 102
Cop py
ht. rig
- Check injectors
rig ht
py by
o Vo
=>Page 96
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
- Check fuel pump:
=> Repair group 20; Removing and installing
parts of fuel system; Checking fuel pump
Checking fuel pump
- Check intake system for leaks => Page 106

4.1 - Fault table: SAE P1 codes 13


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

- Check exhaust system for leaks:


=> Repair group 26; Removing and installing
parts of exhaust system
- Check vacuum pipes for leaks

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1136 17544 Bank 1, mixture adaption (add.) system too - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding
lean pressure => Page 102
- Check injectors
=>Page 96
- Check fuel pump:
=> Repair group 20; Removing and installing
parts of fuel system; Checking fuel pump Check‐
ing fuel pump
- Check intake system for leaks => Page 106
- Check exhaust system for leaks:
=> Repair group 26; Removing and installing
parts of exhaust system
- Check vacuum pipes for leaks

Note:

add. = additive means, the fault only has an effect at idling speed.

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1137 17545 Bank 1, mixture adaption (add.) system too rich - Check fuel pressure regulator and holding
pressure => Page V102
AG. olkswagen AG d
agen
- Checkolinjectors oes
ksw not
=>Page
ed by V 96 gu
ara
ris nte
th- Check tank venting valve
o eo
u
ss => Page 19 , Final control diagnosis
a ra
c

ce
P1142 17550 Load determination, level not reached - Check accelerator pedal position sender:
e
nl

pt
du

an
P1143 17551 Load determination, level exceeded => Repair group 20; Electronic power control
itte

y li
(EPC); Checking accelerator pedal position
erm

ab
ility
sender Checking accelerator pedal position
ot p

sender
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note:
es, in part or in w

t to the co

add. = additive means, the fault only has an effect at idling speed.
rrectness of i

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


l purpos

SAE V.A.G
P1155 17563 Intake manifold pressure sender -G71short to - Check intake manifold pressure sender
nform
ercia

positive1) =>Page 84
m

at

P1156 17564 Intake manifold pressure sender -G71 open cir‐


om

io

cuit/short to earth1)
n
c

in t
or

his

P1157 17565 Intake manifold pressure sender -G71 voltage


ate

do
riv

supply1)
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

P1158 17566 Intake manifold pressure sender-G71 implausi‐


ble signal1)

1) Engine control unit switches on the EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert with this fault. Significance of
EPC warning lamp => 2 .

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1171 17579 Angle sender 2 for throttle valve drive -G188 - Check throttle valve control part => Page
implausible signal 1) 81
P1172 17580 Angle sender 2 for throttle valve drive -G188
signal too low 1)
P1173 17581 Angle sender 2 for throttle n AG. Volkswagen AG
swagevalve drive -G188does n
signal too high 1)by Volk ot g
u ara
ed nte
ris
ho e
1) If this fault occurs theu engine control
t unit switches on the EPC warning
or lamp in dash panel insert. Signif‐
a
sa
icance of EPC warning slamp => 2 . c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination

ab
ility
ot p

SAE V.A.G

wit
is n

h re
P1176 17584 Bank 1 Lambda correction after cat. control limit - Check Lambda probe ageing before cata‐
ole,

reached lyst=> Page 120

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

- Check Lambda probe and Lambda regulation

t to the co
after catalyst
=> Page 116

rrectne
- Check intake system for leaks => Page
106
P1196 17604 Bank 1, probe 1 heating current circuit electrical - Check Lambda probe heating before catalyst
ss o
fault => Page 74
cial p

f inform
P1198 17606 Bank 1, probe 2 heating current circuit electrical - Check Lambda probe heating after catalyst
mer

fault => Page 78


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


iv

o
pr

cum

SAE V.A.G
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
P1201 17609 Injector Cyl. 1 -N30 electrical fault in current circuit - Check injectors
Co
op py
=>Page 96
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
P1202 17610 Injector Cyl. 2 -N31 electrical fault in current circuit
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
P1203 17611 Injector Cyl. 3 -N32 electrical fault in current circuit
Prote AG.

P1204 17612 Injector Cyl. 4 -N33 electrical fault in current circuit


P1213 17621 Injector Cyl. 1 -N30 short to positive
P1214 17622 Injector Cyl. 2 -N31 short to positive
P1215 17623 Injector Cyl. 3 -N32 short to positive
P1216 17624 Injector Cyl. 4 -N33 short to positive
P1225 17633 Injector Cyl. 1 -N30 short to earth
P1226 17634 Injector Cyl. 2 -N31 short to earth
P1227 17635 Injector Cyl. 3 -N32 short to earth
P1228 17636 Injector Cyl. 4 -N33 short to earth

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G

4.1 - Fault table: SAE P1 codes 15


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


P1237 17645 Injector Cyl. 1 -N30 open circuit - Check injectors
=>Page 96
P1238 17646
Injector Cyl. 2 -N31 open circuit
P1239 17647
Injector Cyl. 3 -N32 open circuit
P1240 17648
Injector Cyl. 4 -N33 open circuit
P1250 17658
Fuel level too low - Fill fuel tank
P1325 17733
Cylinder 1 knock control, control limit reached - Fill fuel tank with at least 95 RON
P1326 Cylinder 2 knock control, control limit reached - Check knock sensor
17734
=> Page 148
P1327 17735 Cylinder 3 knock control, control limit reached - Eliminate cause for abnormal engine running
noises
P1328 17736 Cylinder 4 knock control, control limit reached - Loosen knock sensor and tighten again to 20
Nm

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1335 17743 Engine torque monitoring system 2, control limit - Check intake air temperature sender => Page
AG. Volkswagen AG d
surpassed1) kswagen oes
not
86
Vol
P1336 17744 Engine torque d bymonitoring system, control limit g-uCheckara coolant temperature sender => Page
e
surpassed horis 84 ntee
t or
P1340 17748 Camshaftau position/crankshaft position sensor - Check aengine
c speed sender
ss
wrong allocation =>Page 143
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

1) Engine control unit switches on the EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert with this fault. Significance of
erm

ab

EPC warning lamp => 2 .


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


es, in part or in w

SAE V.A.G
t to the co

P1341 17749 Ignition output 1 short to earth - Check ignition transformer => Page 144
P1342 17750 Ignition output 1 short to positive - Check Hall sender => Page 143
rrectness of i

P1343 17751 Ignition output 2, short to earth


l purpos

P1344 17752 Ignition output 2, short to positive


P1348 17756 Ignition output 1, open circuit
nform
ercia

P1349 17757 Ignition output 2, open circuit


m

at

P1386 17794 Control unit defective - Renew engine control unit (J220) => Page
om

ion

125
c

in t
or

his
e

P1388 17796 Control unit defective 1)


at

do
riv

P1393 17801 Ignition output 1 electrical fault in current circuit - Check ignition transformer => Page 144
p

cum
for

en
g

P1394 17802 Ignition output 2 electrical fault in current circuit


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
1) If this fault occurs the engine control unit switches on the EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert. Signif‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
icance of EPC warning lamp => 2 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1410 17818 Tank breathing valve -N80 short to positive - Check activated charcoal filter solenoid valve 1=>
Page 19 , Final control diagnosis
P1425 17833 Tank breathing valve -N80 short to earth
P1426 17834 Tank breathing valve -N80 open circuit

16 01 - Self-diagnosis
n AG. Volkswagen AG do Polo Estate 1998 ➤
wage es n
Motronic yV
oinj. and ignition system
lks o(2-valve,
t gu roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
d b ara
ir se nte
ho eo
ut ra
a
Fault
ss code Fault text c Fault elimination

ce
e

SAE V.A.G
nl

pt
du

an
itte

P1501 17909 Fuel pump relay-J17, short to earth - Check fuel pump relay:

y li
erm

ab
=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding

ility
ot p

and Fitting locations binder

wit
, is n

P1502 17910 Fuel pump relay -J17, short to positive

h re
hole

P1523 17931 Crash signal from airbag control unit, Implau‐ => Body self-diagnosis; Repair group 01; Airbag

spec
es, in part or in w

sible signal system self-diagnosis Airbag system self-diag‐

t to the co
nosis
P1541 17949 Fuel pump relay -J17, open circuit - Check fuel pump relay:
=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding

rrectness of i
and Fitting locations binder
l purpos

P1542 17950 Angle sender for throttle valve drive -G187 im‐ - Check throttle valve control part => Page
plausible signal1) 81

nform
ercia

P1543 17951 Angle sender for throttle valve drive -G187


signal too low 1)
m

at
om

P1544 17952 Angle sender for throttle valve drive -G187

ion
c

signal too high 1)

in t
or

his
te

P1545 17953 Throttle valve control malfunction 1)


a

do
priv

P1558 17966 Throttle valve drive -G186 electrical fault in cum


for

en
g

current circuit 1)
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
1) If this fault occurs the engine control unit switches on the EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert. Signif‐
ht
pyri by
icance of EPC warning lamp => 2 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1559 17967 Throttle valve control part -J338 - Adapt engine control unit to the throttle valve
fault in basic setting 1) control part => Page 127
P1560 17968 Maximum engine revs surpassed - Repair mechanical damage
P1564 17972 Throttle valve control part -J338 low voltage at - Check battery, charge if needed
basic setting 1) Adapt engine control unit to throttle valve con‐
trol part => Page 127
P1565 17973 Throttle valve control part -J338 lower limit not - Check throttle valve control part=> Page
reached 1) 81
P1568 17976 Throttle valve control part -J338 mechanical
fault 1)
P1570 17978 Engine control unit blocked - Adapt engine control unit (J220) to electronic
immobilizer => Page 129
P1579 17987 Throttle valve control part -J338 adaption not - Adapt engine control unit to throttle valve
started1) control part => Page 127

1) If this fault occurs the engine control unit switches on the EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert. Signif‐
icance of EPC warning lamp => 2 .

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1600 18008 Voltage supply terminal 15 voltage too low - Check control unit voltage supply => Page
123
Check alternator:
=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding
and Fitting locations
P1602 18010 Voltage supply terminal 30 voltage too low

4.1 - Fault table: SAE P1 codes 17


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

P1603 18011 Control unit defective - Renew engine control unit (J220) => Page
125
P1604 18012 Control unit defective 1)
P1610 18018 Control unit defective
P1612 18020 Engine control unit incorrectly coded - Code engine control unit
=> Page 126 . Volkswag
n AG en AG
P1626 18034 Drive train data bus no message from gear‐ - Check wage
olks matching resistor of datanotbus => Page
does
box CU ed 136
by V gu
ara
ris nte
tho eo
1) If this fault occurs the engine control unit switches
ss
a on the
u
EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert. Signif‐
ra
c
icance of EPC warning lamp => 2 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Fault code Fault text Fault elimination

ility
ot p
SAE V.A.G

wit
is n

h re
ole,

P1630 18038 Accelerator pedal position sender -G79 signal - Check accelerator pedal position sender:

spec
too low 1) => Repair group 20; Electronic power control
urposes, in part or in wh

(EPC); Check accelerator pedal position send‐

t to the co
er Check accelerator pedal position sender
P1631 18039 Accelerator pedal position sender -G79 signal
too high 1)

rrectne
P1633 18041 Accelerator pedal position sender 2 -G185 sig‐
nal too low 1)

ss o
cial p

f
P1634 18042 Accelerator pedal position sender 2 -G185 sig‐

in
nal too high 1)

form
mer

P1639 18047 Accelerator pedal position senders 1/2 -G79

atio
m

+G185 implausible signal 1)


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

1) If this fault occurs the engine control unit switches on the EPC warning lamp in dash panel insert. Signif‐
iv

o
pr

c
icance of EPC warning lamp => 2 .

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Fault code Fault text Fault elimination
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
SAE V.A.G
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
P1640 18048 Control unit defective - Renew engine control unit (J220) => Page
125
P1648 18056 Drive train data bus defective - Check matching resistor of data bus => Page
136
P1649 18057 Drive train data bus no messages from ABS
control unit
P1650 18058 Drive train data bus no message from combi-
instrument

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination


SAE V.A.G
P1676 18084 Fault lamp for electric accelerator operation - - Check fault lamp:
K132 => Repair group 20; Electronic power control
electrical fault in current circuit (EPC); Checking fault lamp for electronic accel‐
erator operation Checking fault lamp for elec‐
tronic accelerator operation
P1677 18085 Fault lamp for electric accelerator operation -
K132
short to positive
P1678 18086 Fault lamp for electric accelerator operation -
K132
short to earth

18 01 - Self-diagnosis
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
d by gu
ara Polo Estate 1998 ➤
ise nte
Motronic inj. and ignition
thor system (2-valve, roller rocker finger)
e or - Edition 12.1999
s au ac
s
Fault code Fault text Fault elimination

ce
le
un

pt
P1679 18087 Fault lamp for electric accelerator operation -

an
d
itte

y li
K132

rm

ab
open circuit

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Fault code Fault text Fault elimination

spec
es, in part or in w

SAE V.A.G

t to the co
P1690 18098 Self-diagnosis fault lamp -K83 - Check exhaust warning lamp
Current circuit electrical fault => Page 3

rrectness of i
P1691 18099 Self-diagnosis fault lamp -K83
Open circuit
l purpos

P1692 18100 Self-diagnosis fault lamp -K83


Short to earth

nform
ercia

P1693 18101 Self-diagnosis fault lamp -K83


current circuit electrical fault
m

a
com

tio
P1853 18261 Drive train data bus implausible message from - Check data bus matching resistor => Page

n in
r

ABS CU 136
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
5 - Final control diagnosis
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
5.1 - Final control diagnosis
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2 - Performing final control diagnosis

The final control diagnosis activates the following components in the stated sequence:
1. Tank venting valve (N80)
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Diode test lamp V.A.G 1527
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

• -> The fuses 1, 11, 31 and 36 must be OK.


• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.

4.1 - Fault table: SAE P1 codes 19


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.

Notes:
◆ The final control diagnosis can only be carried out if the engine is stationary and ignition switched on.
◆ The final control diagnosis will be broken off if the engine is started or a rotational impulse is recognised.
◆ If the final control diagnosis is not terminated by pressing the ⇒key, the tank venting valve will be activated
for approx. 60 seconds during the final control diagnosis.
◆ The final control is checked acoustically or by touch.
◆ The electric fuel pump will run during the complete final control diagnosis.

◆ The final control diagnosis will be aborted after 10 minutes.


◆ If the final control diagnosis is to be repeated, the engine must be started briefly beforehand.

Work sequence
- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switchagignition
n AG. Voon and
lkswagenselect
AG do engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01. lksw e es n
Vo ot g
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control sunit
ed => Page 4 .)
b y ua
ran
ri tee
tho or
-> Indicated on display: ss
au ac

ce
le

Rapid data transfer HELP


un

pt
Select function XX

an
d
itte

y li
- Operate fault reader taking into account the information on the display:
rm

ab
- Press keys 0 and 3 for the function "Final control diagnosis".
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

-> Indicated on display:

h re
hole

spec
Rapid data transfer Q
es, in part or in w

03 Final control diagnosis

t to the co
Activate tank venting valve (N80) for activated charcoal filter:
- Confirm input with Q key.

rrectness of i
-> Indicated on display:
l purpos

Final control diagnosis


Tank venting valve-N80
The tank venting valve must click, until the final control diagnosis is terminated by pressing ⇒key.

nform
ercia

If valve clicks:
m

a
com

ti
- Press ⇒key.

on in
r
te o

thi
-> Indicated on display:

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
Final control diagnosis
fo

en
g

END
n

t.
yi Co
- Press ⇒key. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
-> Indicated on display: cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Rapid data transfer HELP Prote AG.
Select function XX
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

20 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
If the valve does not click:

- -> Pull 2-pin connector off tank venting valve (N80) -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

- -> Connect diode test lamp V.A.G 1527 using adapter cables from V.A.G 1594 to detached connector.

t to the co
The LED must flash (bright/darker)

LED flashes:

rrectness of i
l purpos

- Proceed with final control diagnosis until completed.


- Switch off ignition.
- Renew tank venting valve (N80):

nform
ercia

=> Repair group 20; Activated charcoal filter system; Removing and installing parts of activated charcoal filter
m

a
com

ti
system Activated charcoal filter system Removing and installing parts of activated charcoal filter system

on in
r
te o

thi
- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary, repair any faults and then erase fault memory => Page 7 , inter‐

s
iva

do
rogating and erasing fault memory.
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
LED does not flash:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
- Proceed with final control diagnosis until completed. p by
co Vo
by lksw
- Switch off ignition. Prote
cted AG.
agen

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

5.2 - Performing final control diagnosis 21


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
- -> Check wire between testy Vbox socket 14+2-pin connector
olk not contact 2 for
gu open circuit using current flow
diagram. ised b ara
nte
Wire resistance:umax.
thor
1.5 ω eo
ra
- Additionally checkss wire for short to battery positive and earth.
a c
Specification: ∞ω

ce
e
nl

pt
- Check wire between 2 pin connector contact 1 and the fuel pump relay (J17) for open circuit using current
du

an
itte

flow diagram.

y li
erm

ab
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

If no wiring fault is detected:

h re
hole

spec
- Replace engine control unit
es, in part or in w

=> Page 125 .

t to the co
rrectness of i
6 - Readiness code
l purpos

6.1 - Readiness code


nform
mercia

Only engine codes ANW, AUD


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

6.2 - Function
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
The readiness code is an 8-digit number code which displays the status of the emission relevant diagnosis.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
When the diagnosis for a system (e.g. catalyst), has been successfully completed, the corresponding position
by c lksw
cted agen
in the number code will change from 1 to 0.
Prote AG.

The diagnosis is performed at regular intervals during normal driving. It is recommended that the readiness
code be generated after performing repairs on an emission relevant system, to guarantee that these systems
function correctly. If a fault is detected during the diagnosis it will be entered in the fault memory.
Each time the fault memory is erased or the voltage supply is interrupted the readiness code will be erased.

6.3 - Reading readiness code

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

Work sequence
- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.

22 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 1 and 5 for the "Readiness code" function and confirm entry with Q key.

Must appear on display when all diagnosis functions have been successfully completed:
-> Indicated on display:
Readiness code
00000000 - Test complete

- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.

- Switch off ignition.

-> Indicated on display:


Readiness code
00101101 - Test not complete

One of the diagnostic checks has not run through successfully:


- Press ⇒key.
- Generate readiness code => Page 23 .

Significance of figures in 8-digit number block for readiness code


The readiness code is generated only when all display zones show 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Diagnostic function
0 Catalyst
0 Catalyst heating (currently no diagnosis/always "0")
0 Activated charcoal filter system (tank venting system)
0 Secondary air system (not fitted/always "0")
0 Air conditioner (currently no diagnosis/always "0")
0 Lambda probes
0 Lambda probe heating AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
0 Exhaust gas recirculationy(not
Vol fitted/always
ksw "0") not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
6.4 - Generating readiness code
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
erm

ab
ility
ot p

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
wit
, is n

h re

Test conditions
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

23
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG. 6.3 - Reading readiness code
agen
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
• -> The fuses No. 1 and 11 must be OK.
• Vehicle stationary
• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.
• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
• Exhaust system between catalyst and cylinder head must be free of leaks
• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.
• Intake air temperature less than 60°C
=>display group 04, display zone 4

Work sequence

- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

Work step 1: Interrogate fault memory

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 2 for function "InterrogateVfault memory" and confirm entry with Q key.
olkswa
AG. gen AG
agen does
lksw not
-> The number of faults stored orby"No
Vo fault recognised!" will be showngu on the
ara display.
ed
X Faults recognised! ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
If a fault is stored:
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

- Rectify faults printed out using fault table: y li


erm

SAE P0 codes=> Page 13 ab


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

If no fault is stored:
h re
hole

spec

- Press ⇒key.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Work step 2: Erase fault memory


rrectness of i

-> Indicated on display:


l purpos

Rapid data transfer HELP


Select function XXX
nf
ercia

- Press keys 0 and 5 for the function "Erase fault memory" and confirm entry with Q key.
orm
m

atio
m

Note:
o

n in
or c

thi
e

The readiness code is reset or erased each time fault memory is erased.
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

-> Indicated on display:


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Rapid data transfer Cop py
Fault memory is erased! t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Note: cted agen
Prote AG.

If the ignition is switched off between "Interrogate fault memory" and "Erase fault memory" the fault memory
will not be erased.

- Press ⇒key.

Work step 3: Matching the throttle valve control part to the engine control unit

-> Indicated on display:

24 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Rapid data transfer HELP


Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 4 for the function "Initiating basic settings" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Basic setting
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 6 and 0 for the "Display group number 60" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
System in basic setting 60
xxx % xxx % x ADP. runs

- Check specifications in display zones 3 and 4:


Display zone 3: 0...9
Display zone 4: ADP. runs, ADP. OK

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
System in basic setting 60 agen oes
xxx % xxx % 9 ADP. OK olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o e
- Terminate engine basic setting at aearliest
ut
h after 30 seconds by pressing the⇒ key. or a
ss c

ce
e

If the display does not indicate as described:


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
- Check throttle valve control part
erm

ab
ility
=> Page 81 .
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
If the display indicates as described:
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

- Start engine and run at idling speed.

t to the co
Work step 4: Activated charcoal filter system diagnosis (tank breathing system)

Note: rrectness of i
l purpos

◆ During the work sequence the engine must not be switched off.
nf
ercia

-> Indicated on display:


rm
m

atio
m

Rapid data transfer HELP


o

n in

Select function XXX


or c

thi
te

sd
a

- Press keys 0 and 4 for the "Introduce basic setting" function and confirm entry with Q key.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

-> Indicated on display:


t.
yi Co
op py
Basic setting t. C rig
Input display group number XXX gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
- Press keys 0, 7 and 0 for "Display group number 70" and confirm entry with Q key.
Prote AG.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
System in basic setting 70
1 2 3 4

6.4 - Generating readiness code 25


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Note:
The engine must not be loaded during this diagnosis because the diagnosis will be interrupted and will not be
started again until the engine is revved-up.
When the diagnosis is initiated by the engine control unit the display in display zone 4 jumps from "Test OFF"
to "Test ON"

- Run engine at idling speed until the


specification "TVV OK"
is displayed in display zone 4.

If the display does not indicate as described:

- Interrogate fault memory => Page 7 .

If the display indicates as described:

- Press C key.

Work step 5: Lambda regulation system diagnosis

-> Indicated on display:


Basic setting
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 3 and 7 for "Display group number 37" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 37 AG. Volkswagen AG d
1 2 3 4 agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
- Depress brake pedal. thor eo
au ra
ss c
The engine speed is increased by the control unit to
ce
le
un

approx. 1100...1300 rpm. pt


an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
- Allow the engine to continue running at increased idling speed until the ility
ot p

specification "Syst. OK." wit


is n

is displayed in display zone 4.


h re
ole,

spec

If the display does not indicate as described:


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

- Interrogate fault memory => Page 7 .


rrectne

If the display indicates as described:

- Press ⇒key.
ss o
cial p

f i

The engine speed decreases to idling speed.


nform
mer

atio

Work step 6: Lambda probe ageing diagnosis (cycle duration monitor)


om

n
c

i
or

-> Indicated on display:


thi
te

sd
iva

Rapid data transfer HELP


pr

cum
r

Select function XXX


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
-> Indicated on display:
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

26 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- Press keys 0, 3 and 0 for the "Display group number 30" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...2 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 30
1 2

- Check Lambda control status before catalyst (display zone 1):


Specification: 1 1 1
(Significance => Page 39 )
- Check Lambda control status after catalyst (display zone 2):
Specification: 1 1 1
(Significance => Page 39 )
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Notes: olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
ed ran
◆ The first position of the 3hodigit
ris number block fluctuates between 0 and tee1 (Lambda probe heating on and off).
◆ Depending upon the sstatus
au
t
of the Lambda control the 3 digit number block or
ac can show 0 or 1.
◆ The bits in display zones 1 and 2 will not be set to 1 until the catalyst temperature has risen to above 400.0
s

ce
le

°C (=> display group 34, display zone 2).


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

If the specifications are not obtained:

ab
ility
ot p

wit
- Interrogate fault memory => Page 7 .
is n

h re
ole,

spec
If the specifications are obtained:
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
- Press ⇒key.

-> Indicated on display:

rrectne
Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

ss o
cial p

f in
- Press keys 0 and 4 for the "Introduce basic setting" function and confirm entry with Q key.
form
mer

atio

-> Indicated on display:


om

n
c

i
or

Basic setting
thi
e

Input display group number XXX


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

- Press keys 0, 3 and 4 for "Display group number 34" and confirm entry with Q key.
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
-> Indicated on display:
C py
t. rig
gh
(1...4 = Display zones)
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
System in basic setting 34 cted agen
1 2 3 4 Prote AG.

- Depress brake pedal.

The engine speed is increased by the control unit to


approx. 1100...1300 rpm.

- Maintain the engine speed until the display


in display zone 4 jumps from "Test OFF" to "Test ON". The catalyst temperature in
display zone 2 must be min. 400 °C.

Note:

This process can take a few minutes.

- Check amplitude duration in display zone 3:


Specification: 0.7... 2.00
- Continue to maintain engine speed until the specification "B1-P1" appears in

6.4 - Generating readiness code 27


olkswagen AG
wag en AG. V
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ olks
does
not
yV gu
Motronic inj. and ignition system
sed b (2-valve, roller rocker finger) ara- Edition 12.1999
n ri tee
ho
display zone 4. aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl
If the display does not indicate as described:

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm
- Interrogate fault memory => Page 7 .

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
If the display indicates as described:

h re
hole

spec
- Press C key.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The engine speed decreases to idling speed.

-> Indicated on display:

rrectness of i
Basic setting
l purpos

Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 3 and 6 for "Display group number 36" and confirm entry with Q key.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
-> Indicated on display:
om

(1...4 = Display zones)

n in
or c

thi
e

System in basic setting 36


t

sd
iva

1 2 3 4

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

- Depress brake pedal.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
The engine speed is increased by the control unit to rig ht
py by
approx. 1100...1300 rpm. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
- Maintain the engine speed until the display
in display zone 4 jumps from "Test OFF" to "Test ON". The catalyst temperature in
display zone 2 must be min. 400 °C.

Note:
This process can take a few minutes.
- Check amplitude duration in display zone 3:
Specification: 0.7... 2.00
- Continue to maintain engine speed until the specification "B1-P2 OK" appears in
display zone 4.

If the display does not indicate as described:


- Interrogate fault memory => Page 7 .

If the display indicates as described:


- Press C key.

The engine speed decreases to idling speed.

Work step 7: Catalyst diagnosis


Note:
The diagnosis will only be terminated if the Lambda probe ageing diagnosis is first successfully completed.
-> Indicated on display:
Basic setting
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 4 and 6 for "Display group number 46" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:

28 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
(1...4 = Display zones)
System in basic setting 46
1 2 3 4

- Depress brake pedal.

The engine speed is increased by the engine control unit to


approx. 1100...1300 rpm.

- Maintain the engine speed until the display


in display zone 4 jumps from "Test OFF" to "Test ON". The catalyst temperature in
display zone 2 must be min. 400 °C.

- Check the amplitude ratio in display zone 3:


Specification: max. 0.50
- Continue to maintain the speed until the specification "Cat B1 OK" appears in
display zone 4.

If the display does not indicate as described:

- Interrogate fault memory => Page 7 .

If the display indicates as described:

- Press ⇒key.

The engine speed decreases to idling speed.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
- Read readiness code=> Page 22 olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
7 - Measured value blocks
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
7.1 - Measured value blocks
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

7.2 - Safety precautions

t to the co
Observe following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:

◆ Test and measuring instruments must be secured to rear seat and operated by a 2nd person from this rrectness
location.
o
cial p

f inform

If test and measuring instruments are operated from front passenger's seat and the vehicle is involved in
mer

an accident, there is a possibility that the person sitting in this seat may receive serious injuries when the
atio
m

airbag is triggered.
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum

7.3 - Read measured value block


r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The measured values in the functions read measured value block and basic setting are described during the p by
co Vo
individual component test. This table serves only as an overview.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

6.4 - Generating readiness code 29


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Test conditions

• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off
• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
• No faults must be stored in fault memory
=> Page 7 , interrogating fault memory
• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.

Work sequence

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Select required display group number.

Note:

The display group number 1 is an example, to illustrate the sequence.

- Press keys 0, 0 and 1 for "Display group number 1" and confirm entry with Q key.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
-> Indicated on display: byV
ol ot g
ua
(1...4 = Display zones) ir se
d ran
tee
tho
Read measured value block u 1 or
1 2 3 4 ss a ac
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note:
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

To change to another display group proceed as follows:


ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Display group V.A.G 1551 V.A.G 1552


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Higher Press key 3 Press ↑key


t to the co

Lower Press key 1 Press ↓key


Skip Press key C Press key C
rrectne

- If the specifications in all display zones are obtained, press ⇒key.


ss

-> Indicated on display:


o
cial p

f in

Rapid data transfer HELP


form
mer

Select function XXX


atio
om

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

- Switch off ignition.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Note:
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Measured value blocks which are not described in this chapter are currently only intended for the research and
ht
pyri by
development and production. The values displayed are not relevant for service department fault finding.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

30 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

8 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 -Basic functions-


8.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 -Basic functions-

Display group 1 -Basic functions-


▪ Engine running at idling speed
Read measured value block 1 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxx rpm xx.x °C xx.x % xxxxxxxx
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Adjustment conditions for basic set‐ 1x111111 => Page 31
ting
Lambda regulator before catalyst -10.0...10.0 % => Page 41
Coolant temperature 80.0...110.0 °C => Page 33
Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


Less than - Throttle valve control part sticking or defective - Check throttle valve control part
specification => Page 81
- Perform idling check => Page 109
Greater than - Throttle valve control part sticking or defective - Interrogate fault memory, => Page 7
specification
- Check throttle valve control part
=> Page 81
- Perform idling check => Page 109

Significance of figures in 8-digit number block, display zone 4 - adjustment conditions


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
Significance if display = 1 rise
d
nte
ho eo
1 2 3 4 5 6 7s a 8
ut
Significance ra
c
s
1 Coolant temperature exceeds 80.0 °C
ce
le
un

pt

1 Speed below 2000 rpm


an
d
itte

y li
rm

1 Throttle valve closed


ab
pe

ility

1 Lambda regulation OK.


ot

wit
, is n

h re

1 Idling recognised
hole

spec

1 Air conditioner compressor switched off


es, in part or in w

t to the co

x Not relevant
1 No faults recognised by self-diagnosis
rrectness of i

Display group 2 -Basic functions-


l purpos

▪ Engine running at idling speed


nform
ercia

Read measured value block 2 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


xxxx rpm xxx.x % x.x ms xxx mbar
m

a
com

tio

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation


n in
r
te o

Intake manifold pressure 250...500 mbar => Page 32


thi
s
iva

do

Injection period 2.0...7.0 ms => Page 32


r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
31
cted agen
Prote
8.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 -Basic functions-
AG.
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Engine load 15.0...30.0 % => Page 35


Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


Less than 2.0 ms - Large amount of fuel from the activated - Check tank venting valve
charcoal filter system => Page 19 , Final control diagnosis
. Volkswagen AG
Larger than 7.0 ms - Increased engine load due tokelectrical
swagen AG - Eliminate
doeincreased
s no load (air conditioner,
consumers, air conditioner,bygear
Vol selected or power assisted t gsteering
uara
etc.)
P.A.S. on full lock ris
ed nte
ho eo
aut ra
Evaluating display group 2, display zone
ss 4 - Intake manifold pressure c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Less than 250 mbar - Large amount of unmetered air between - Check intake system for leaks

h re
intake manifold and air mass meter => Page 84
hole

spec
Larger than 500 mbar - Increased engine load due to electrical - Eliminate increased load (air conditioner,
es, in part or in w

t to the co
consumers, air conditioner, gear selected power assisted steering etc.)
or P.A.S. on full lock Check intake manifold pressure sender
=>Page 84

rrectness of i
l purpos

Display group 3 -Basic functions-


▪ Engine running at idling speed

nform
ercia

Read measured value block 3 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


m

a
xxxx rpm xxx mbar xxx.x % xx.x°BTDC
com

tion in
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
r
te o

thi
Ignition angle -5.0...10.0 ° BTDC ---
s
iva

do
r
rp

c
Throttle valve angle 0.2...5.0 % => Page 35
um
fo

(Potentiometer 1 -G187)
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Intake manifold pressure 250...500 mbar => Page 32
C py
t. rig
gh ht
Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Note on display zone 3:
AG.

With the accelerator pedal floored the display value is approx. 100.0 %.

Display group 4 -Basic functions-


▪ Engine running at idling speed
Read measured value block 4 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxx rpm xx.xxx V xxx.x °C xxx.x °C
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Intake air temperature -40.0...129.0 °C => Page 33
Coolant temperature 80.0...110.0 °C => Page 33
Engine control unit voltage supply 12.000...15.000 V => Page 33
Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

Note on display zone 3:


The engine control unit will use the intake air temperature as a replacement value for an engine start (start
temperature - replacement value) as soon as there is a fault stored in the fault memory, which affects the coolant

32 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
temperature sender (G62). The temperature then rises according to a model stored in the control unit. When
the engine has reached normal working temperature a fixed replacement value will be displayed after a certain
period. This fixed value is also dependent upon the intake air temperature.
Note on display zone 4:
The total temperature range is given as the specification. The displayed value must be above ambient tem‐
perature.
Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control unit voltage supply
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
Appears on display Possible faulthor cause Fault elimination
eo
aut ra
Less than 12.000 V - Alternator defective,
s battery heavily dis‐
s - Check alternator and battery
voltage,
c
charged charge battery:

ce
e
nl

pt
du

=> Electrical system; Repair group 27

an
itte

y li
- Battery heavily charged shortly after start‐ - Increase revs slightly for a few minutes and
erm

ab
ing due to high charging current and current switch off current consumers

ility
ot p

consumers

wit
, is n

h re
- Transfer resistance in the current supply - Check engine control unit voltage supply
hole

spec
or the engine control unit earth connection => Page 123
es, in part or in w

- Current draw when ignition is off - Eliminate current draw

t to the co
More than 15.000 V - Voltage regulator on alternator defective - Check voltage, replace regulator if neces‐
sary:

rrectness of i
=> Electrical system; Repair group 27
- Excess voltage due to jump starting or - Interrogate fault memory => Page 7
l purpos

quick charging unit

nform
ercia

Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


at

do
riv

Less than 80.0 °C - Engine too cold - If necessary carry out test drive
p

cum
for

en
g

- Coolant temperature sender or wiring to - Check coolant temperature sender


n

t.
yi Co
engine control unit =>Page 90 t. Cop py
rig
gh
More than 110.0 °C - Radiator soiled - Clean radiator
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
- Radiator fan not functioning - Check radiator fan:
lksw
cted agen
Prote
=> Repair group 19; Removing and installing
AG.

parts of cooling system; Checking radiator


fan Checking radiator fan
- Thermostat defective (Thermostat) - Check thermostat:
=> Repair group 19; Removing and installing
parts of cooling system; Parts of cooling sys‐
tem - engine side Parts of cooling system -
engine side
- Coolant temperature sender or wiring to - Check coolant temperature sender
engine control unit =>Page 90
Constant -40.0 °C - Wiring open circuit or short to positive - Check coolant temperature sender
=>Page 90
Constant 129.0 °C - Short to earth

Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


Constant -40.0 °C - Wiring open circuit or short to positive - Check intake air temperature sender
=>Page 86

8.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 -Basic functions- 33
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ olks
wa oes
not
yV gu
Motronic inj. and ignition system
ised b (2-valve, roller rocker finger)
ara - Edition 12.1999
n r tee
ho
ut or
Constant 129.0 °C - Short to earth
ss
a ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm
Display group 5 -Basic functions-

ab
ility
ot p
▪ Engine running at idling speed

wit
, is n
Read measured value block 5 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display

h re
hole

spec
xxxx rpm xxx.x % xxx km/h Text
es, in part or in w

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation

t to the co
Operating mode: Idling ---
Idling, part throttle, enrichment, overrun,

rrectness of i
full throttle
Road speed 0 km/h ---
l purpos

Engine load 15.0...30.0 % => Page 35


Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

Display group 6 -Basic functions-


or

thi
te

sd
▪ Engine running at idling speed
iva

o
r
rp

cu
Read measured value block 6 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
o

m
f

en
ng

xxxx rpm xxx.x % xxx.x °C xx.x %


t.
yi Co
op py
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
Altitude correction factor -50.0...20.0 % ---
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Intake air temperature Prote
-40.0...129.0 °C => Page 33
AG.

Engine load 15.0...30.0 % => Page 35


Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

Note on display zone 3:

The total temperature range is given as the specification. The displayed value must be above ambient tem‐
perature.

9 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 -Ignition-


9.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 -Ignition-

Display group 10 -Ignition-


▪ Engine running at idling speed
Read measured value block 10 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxx rpm xxx.x % xxx.x % xx.x°BTDC
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Ignition angle -5.0...10.0 ° BTDC ---
Throttle valve angle 0.2...5.0 % => Page 35
(Potentiometer 1 -G187)
Engine load 15.0...30.0 % => Page 35
Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

Note on display zone 3:

With the accelerator pedal floored the display value must be approx. 100.0 %.

34 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


Less than 15.0 % - Lesser values can only occur when driving in ---
overrun
Larger than 30.0 % - Rough idling (not running on all cylinders) - Check injectors => Page 139
- Throttle valve control part defective - Check throttle valve control part
=> Page 81
- Electric consumers switched on - Switch off electric consumers
- Steering wheel at full lock - Set steering wheel to centre position

Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle potentiometer 1

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


More than 5 % - Engine control unit not adapted to throttle - Adapt engine control unit to throttle valve
valve control part control part => Page 127
- Throttle valve potentiometer in throttle - Check throttle valve control part
valve control part defective => Page 81
- Throttle valve sticking - Eliminate cause

Only engine codes ANW, AUD AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Display group14 -Ignition- Misfire recognition
thor total eo
au ra
▪ Whilst driving ss c

ce
le

Read measured value block 14 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


un

pt
an
d

xxxx rpm xx.x % xxxText


itte

y li
rm

ab
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
pe

ility
ot

Misfire recognition activated ---

wit
, is n

h re
(activated, blocked)
hole

spec
Misfire total 0 => Page 35
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Engine load 15.0...100.0 % ---
Engine speed 810...5700 rpm ---
rrectness of i

Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires


l purpos

nform
ercia

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


m

More than 0 - Spark plug defective - Removing and installing parts of the ignition system
com

tion in

- Spark plug connector defective => Page 144


r
te o

- Ignition coil defective


thi
s
iva

- Ignition coil output stage defective


do
r
rp

cum

- Injector defective - Check injectors


fo

en
g

=> Page 96
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Only engine codes ANW, AUD yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Display group 15 -Ignition- Misfire recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3


▪ Whilst driving
Read measured value block 15 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display

9.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 -Ignition- 35


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

xxx xxx Text xxx


1 2 4 ◂ Display zones Specification
3 Evaluation
Misfire recognition activated ---
(activated, blocked)
Misfire Cyl. n3AG. Volkswagen AG do 0 => Page 36
ks wage es n
Misfire Cyl. 2 by Vol ot g
ua 0 => Page 36
ed ran
Misfire Cyl. 1 ho
ris tee 0 => Page 36
t or
au ac
ss
Only engine codes ANW, AUD

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Display group 16 -Ignition- misfire recognition Cyl. 4

ility
ot p

wit
▪ Whilst driving
, is n

h re
Read measured value block 16 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
hole

spec
xxx --- --- Text
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Misfire recognition activated ---
(activated, blocked)

rrectness of i
l purpos

Misfire Cyl. 4 0 => Page 36

nform
mercia

at
Evaluating display group 15 display zones 1 to 3 or display group 16 display zone 1 - Misfire recognition Cyl.
om

io
1 to Cyl. 4

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


t.
yi Co
op py
More than 0 - Spark plug defective - Removing and installing parts of the ignition system
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
- Spark plug connector defective => Page 144 p by
co Vo
- Ignition coil defective
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
- Ignition coil output stage defective
AG.

- Injector defective - Check injectors


=> Page 96

Display group 20 -Ignition- Knock control Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4


▪ Whilst driving
Read measured value block 20 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xx.x °CA xx.x °CA xx.x °CA xx.x °CA
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Cyl. No. 4 retardation of ignition by 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 37
knock control
Cyl. No. 3 retardation of ignition by knock con‐ 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 37
trol
Cyl. No. 2 retardation of ignition by knock control 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 37
Cyl. No. 1 retardation of ignition by knock control 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 37

Note on display zones 1 to 4:

Display value should be 0.0 °CA at idling speed.

36 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Evaluating display group 20, display zones 1 to 4 - Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4 ignition retardation

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


All cylinders greater than 12.0 °CA - Knock sensor defective - Check knock sensor => Page 148
- Connector corroded
- Knock sensor incorrectly tight‐ - Loosen knock sensor and tighten to
ened 20 Nm
- Ancillary components on engine - Tighten ancillary components
loose
- Poor fuel quality - Change type of fuel
One cylinder deviates greatly from - Connector corroded - Check knock sensor => Page 148
the others
- Engine damaged - Check compression pressures:
=> Repair group 15; Removing and
installing cylinder head; Checking
compression pressure Checking
compression pressure
- Ancillaryecomponents
n AG. Volkswageon engine
n AG - Tighten ancillary components
loose
olks
wag does
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Display group 22 -Ignition- 2 knock control Cyl.
ss 1 and Cyl. c

ce
le

▪ Whilst driving
un

pt
an
d
itte

Read measured value block 22 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display

y li
rm

ab
xxxx rpm x.xx % xx.x °CA xx.x °CA
pe

ility
ot

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation

wit
, is n

h re
Cyl. No. 2 retardation of ignition tim‐ 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 38
hole

spec
ing by knock control
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Cyl. No. 1 retardation of ignition timing by 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 38
knock control
Engine load 15.0...100.0 % rrectness of i
---
Engine speed 810...5700 rpm ---
l purpos

Note on display zones 3 and 4:


nform
ercia

The display value should be 0.0 °CA at idling speed.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

Display group 23 -Ignition- Cyl. 3 and Cyl. 4 knock control


s
iva

do

▪ Whilst driving
r
rp

cum
fo

Read measured value block 23 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
xxxx rpm x.xx % xx.x °CA xx.x °CA C py
t. rig
gh
◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
ht
1 2 3 4 yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Cyl. No. 4 retardation of ignition by Prote
cted AG.
agen
0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 38
knock control
Cyl. No. 3 retardation of ignition by knock con‐ 0.0...12.0 °CA => Page 38
trol
Engine load 15.0...100.0 % ---
Engine speed 810...5700 rpm ---

9.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 -Ignition- 37


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Note on display zones 3 and 4:
The display value should be 0.0 °CA at idling speed.
Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


All cylinders greater than 12.0 °CA - Knock sensor defective - Check knock sensor => Page 148
- Connector corroded
- Knock sensor incorrectly tight‐ - Loosen knock sensor and tighten to
ened 20 Nm
- Ancillary components on engine - Tighten ancillary components
loose
- Poor fuel quality - Change type of fuel
One cylinder deviates greatly from - Connector corroded - Check knock sensor => Page 148
the others
- Engine damaged - Check compression pressures:
=> Repair group 15; Removing and
installing cylinder head; Checking
compression pressure Checking
compression pressure
- Ancillary components on engine - Tighten ancillary components
loose

Display group 28 -Ignition- knock agencontrol


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
▪ Whilst driving d by
V gu
ara
e nte
▪ Control unit in mode
horis
04-Basic settings eo
ut ra
Read measured ss a value block 28 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display c
ce

xxxx rpm xx.x % xxx.x °C Text


e
nl

pt
du

an

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation


itte

y li
erm

ab

Knock sensor test result Sys. OK. ---


ility
ot p

(Test On / Test OFF / Sys. OK. / Sys.


wit
, is n

n.OK.
h re
hole

Coolant temperature 80.0...110.0 °C => Page 33


spec
es, in part or in w

Engine load 15.0...100.0 % ---


t to the co

Engine speed 2200...5700 rpm ---


rrectness of i
l purpos

10 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda


regulation-
nf
ercia

orm

10.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda regulation-
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Display group 30 -Lambda regulation-


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

▪ Engine running at idling speed


t.
yi Co
op
Read measured value block 30 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
xxx xxx --- ---
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
cted
1 2 3 4
agen
Prote AG.

38 01 - Self-diagnosis
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Polo Estate 1998 ➤
olksw not
V
Motronic d by inj. and ignition system (2-valve,
gu
ara roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
rise nte
tho e o
au Status of Lambda regulation rafter ac catalyst1) 111 => Page 39
ss
▪ Catalyst temperature at least 400.0 °C

ce
e
nl

▪ (=>display group 34, display zone 2)

pt
du

an
itte

Status of Lambda regulation before catalyst 111 => Page 39

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

1) Only engines conforming to D4 standard (engine code ANW)

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Notes on display zones 1 and 2:

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
◆ The first position in 3-digit number block fluctuates between 0 and 1 (Lambda probe heating off and on).
◆ Depending on status of Lambda regulation 0 or 1 is displayed alternately in 3-digit number block.
◆ The bits in display zones 1 and 2 are set to 1, when the catalyst temperature has exceeded 400.0 °C (=>

rrectness of i
display group 34, display zone 2).
l purpos

Significance of figures in 3-digit number block, display zones 1 and 2 - status of Lambda regulation before and
after catalyst

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

Significance if display = 1
o

his
ate

1 2 3 Significance

do
priv

cum
or

1 Lambda regulation active


f

en
ng

t.
yi
1 Lambda probe operationally ready
Co
Cop py
t. rig
1 opyri
gh Lambda probe heating on
by
Vo
ht
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Display group 32 -Lambda regulation- Lambda learnt values before catalyst


▪ Engine running at idling speed
Read measured value block 32 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on dis‐
play
xx.x % xx.x % --- ---
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation

Lambda learnt value at part load (multiplicative) -10.0...10.0 % => Page 40


before catalyst
Lambda learnt value at idling speed (additive) before catalyst -10.0...10.0 % => Page 40

Notes on display zones 1 and 2:

Low values indicate that the engine is running too rich and therefore the Lambda regulation is leaning the
mixture.

◆ High values indicate that the engine is running too lean and therefore the Lambda regulation enriches the
mixture.
◆ If there is no voltage supply to the control unit all the values learnt will be cancelled.
◆ add = additive - The effects of the fault (e.g. unmetered air) will reduce as the engine speed increases. The
injection period will be modified by a fixed amount for additive learnt values. This amount is not dependent
upon the basic injection period.
◆ mul = multiplicative - The effects of the fault (e.g. faulty injector) will increase as the engine speed increases.
A multiplicative learnt value is a proportional change to the injection period. This change is dependent on
the basic injection period.

Initiating learning process: Control unit in mode 04, Basic settings

◆ Learning conditions for idling: Idling, coolant temperature min. 75 °C, intake air temperature max. 90 °C
◆ Learning conditions for part load: coolant temperature min. 75 °C, intake air temperature max. 90 °C

10.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda regulation-

39
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Evaluating display group 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Lambda learnt values before catalyst

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


Low Lambda learnt values - Low learnt values at idling but with nor‐ - Disappears after motorway drive or oil
mal learnt values at part throttle: possi‐ change
ble oil dilution (high level of fuel in oil)
- Injector leaking - Check injector =>Page 96
- Fuel pressure too high - Check fuel pressure regulator and hold‐
ing pressure => Page 102
- Tank venting valve for activated char‐ - Check tank venting valve
coal filter permanently open => Page 19 , final control diagnosis
- Lambda probe heating defective or - Check Lambda probe heating before
Lambda probe soiled catalyst =>Page 74

Appears on dis‐ Possible fault Fault elimination


play cause
High Lambda - High learnt val‐ - Check intake air
learnt values ues at idling system for leaks
speed, not so =>Page 106
high learnt values agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
at part throttle: Volksw not
gu
possible unme‐ sed by ara
nte
tered air in area of hori
eo
intake manifold aut ra
ss c
- Injector blocked - Check injectors

ce
le
un

pt
=>Page 96

an
d
itte

y li
- Fuel pressure - Check fuel pres‐
erm

ab
too low sure regulator

ility
ot p

and holding pres‐


wit
is n

sure => Page


h re
ole,

102 spec
urposes, in part or in wh

- Unmetered air at t to the co


exhaust manifold
gasket
- Lambda probe - Check Lambda
rrectne

heating defective probe heating be‐


or Lambda probe fore catalyst
s

soiled =>Page 74
s o
cial p

f inform
mer

Display group 33 -Lambda regulation- Lambda regulation values before catalyst


atio
om

▪ Engine running at idling speed


c

i
or

n thi
e

Read measured value block 33 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


t

sd
iva

o
r

xx.x % x.xxx V --- ---


p

cum
r
fo

4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation


en

1 2 3
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Lambda probe voltage before catalyst 1.000...2.000 V ---
cted agen
Prote AG.

Lambda regulator before catalyst -10.0...10.0 % => Page 41

Notes on display zone 1:

◆ The display must fluctuate around 0.0 %. If constant 0.0 % is displayed, the Lambda regulation has switched
from regulation to control, because there is a fault in the Lambda regulation. Interrogate fault memory =>
Page 7 .

40 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - Lambda regulator before catalyst
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Appears on display Fault elimination
utho Possible fault cause eo
ra
a
Outside tolerance range - Minus range: Mixture too rich, Lambda - Wait 30 seconds until the display has sta‐
ss c

ce
control weakens mixture bilised e
nl

pt
du

- Positive range: Mixture too lean, Lamb‐

an
itte

y li
da control enriches mixture
erm

ab
ility
- Unmetered air - Check intake system for leaks
ot p

=> Page 106

wit
, is n

h re
- Injector defective - Check injectors =>Page 96
hole

spec
- Lambda learnt value on limit - Check Lambda learnt value in display
es, in part or in w

group 32

t to the co
Only engine codes ANW, AUD

rrectness of i
l purpos

Display group 34 -Lambda regulation- Lambda probe diagnosis before catalyst (checking ageing via amplitude
duration monitoring)

nf
ercia

o
▪ Control unit in mode 04-Basic setting

rm
m

atio
- Depress brake pedal
om

n in
c

▪ Vehicle stationary, engine runs at increased idling speed


or

thi
e

Read measured value block 34 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


t

sd
iva

o
r

xxxx rpm xxx.x °C x.xx Text


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation


t.
yi Co
op
Result of Lambda probe before B1-P1 OK ---
C py
t. rig
gh
catalyst ageing check
ht
pyri by
Vo
(Test OFF / test ON / B1-P1 OK /
co lksw
by
cted agen
B1-P1 n.OK) Prote AG.

Amplitude duration Lambda probe before 0.7... 2.00 ---


catalyst
Catalyst temperature min. 400.0 °C ---
Engine speed 1100...1300 rpm ---

Note on display zone 2:

Value calculated from engine speed and engine load.

Only engine codes ANW, AUD

Display group 36 -Lambda regulation- Operational readiness of probe after catalyst


▪ Control unit in mode 04-Basic setting
- Depress brake pedal
▪ Vehicle stationary, engine runs at increased idling speed
Read measured value block 36 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
x.xxx V xxx.x °C x.xx Text
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Check Lambda probe after catalyst B1-P2 OK ---
(Test ON / test OFF / B1-P2 OK. / B1-P2
n.OK)
Specification Lambda probe after catalyst --- ---
Catalyst temperature min. 400.0 °C ---
Lambda probe voltage after catalyst 0.000...1.000 V => Page 42

10.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda regulation-

41
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Lambda probe voltage, Lambda probe after catalyst

Appears on display Possible fault cause Fault elimination


Constant 1.085 V - Short to positive via: - Check Lambda probe 2 basic voltage
- Lambda probe, probe wiring, earth wiring, en‐ => Page 119
gine control unit
Constant between - Open circuit via:
0.400...0.500 V - Lambda probe, probe wiring, earth wiring, en‐
gine control unit
Constant 0.000 V - Short to earth via:
- Lambda probe, probe wiring, earth wiring, en‐
gine control unit

Display group 37 -Lambda regulation- Lambda probes


▪ Vehicle stationary, engine running at increased idling speed
▪ Control unit in mode 04-Basic settings
Read measured value block 37 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxx % x.xxx V xxx.xxx Text
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Test of Lambda probes Syst. OK
(Test ON / OFF / Syst. OK / n.OK)
Not for ServiceAG. Volkswagen AG d
--- ---
agen oes
Lambda probe voltageolksw not 0.000...1.000 V => Page 42
yV gu
Lambda probe ed b after catalyst ara
nte
ris
Engine load ut
ho e o 15.0...30.0 %
r => Page 35
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Display group 41 -Lambda regulation- Lambda probe heating


itte

y li
erm

ab

▪ Engine running at idling speed


ility
ot p

Read measured value block 41 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


wit
is n

h re

--- Text --- Text


ole,

spec

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Lambda probe heating after catalyst1) Htg.aC.ON ---


Htg.aC.OFF
rrectne

Lambda probe heating before catalyst Htg.bC.ON ---


Htg.bC.OFF
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

1) Only engines conforming to D4 standard (engine code ANW)


atio
om

Note:
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

The Lambda probe heating may be switched ON or OFF depending on the operating conditions of the engine,
iv

o
pr

therefore the display in display zone 2 or 4 may show "Htg.b(a)C.ON" or alternating from "Htg.b(a)C.ON" to
um
r
fo

en
ng

Htg.b(a)C.OFF".
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Only engine codes ANW, AUD gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Display group 46 -Lambda regulation- Catalyst diagnosis (conversion test)


▪ Control unit in mode 04-Basic setting
- Depress brake pedal

42 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

▪ Vehicle stationary, engine runs at increased idling speed


Read measured value block 46 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxx rpm xxx.x °C x.xx Text
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Result of catalyst conversion test Cat B1 OK ---
(Test OFF / test ON / Cat B1 OK/Cat B1
n.OK)
Amplitude ratio 0.00...0.50 ---
Catalyst temperature min. 400.0 °C ---
Engine speed 1100...1300 rpm ---

Display group 99 -Lambda regulation- Lambda regulation operating condition


▪ Engine running at idling speed
▪ Control unit in mode 04-Basic setting, Lambda regulation off
▪ Control unit in mode 08-Read measured value block, Lambda regulation on
Read measured value block 99 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxx rpm xxx.x °C xx.x % Text
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Lambda regulation operating mode λ-Reg. OFF or ---
λ-Reg. ON
Lambda regulator beforeagcatalyst
n AG. Volkswagen AG do-10.0...10.0 % => Page 41
sw e es n
Coolant temperature byV
olk
80.0...110.0
ot g
ua °C => Page 33
ed ran
Engine speed (idling speed) ho
ris 810...900 rpm tee => Page 31
t or
au ac
ss
Notes on display zone 4:

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

◆ For a defined fault finding the Lambda regulation is switched off when selecting display group 99 under

y li
erm

ab
"Basic setting" or switched on under "Read measured value block".

ility
ot p

When the function 04 "Basic setting" is exited the Lambda regulation is automatically active again.

wit
, is n

◆ It is possible to switch between the function 04 "Basic setting" and the function 08 "Read measured value

h re
block" by pressing the keys 4 and 8 on V.A.G 1551/1552.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
11 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 -Speed
regulation-
rrectness of i
l purpos

11.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 -Speed regulation-
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

Display group 50 -Speed regulation- Operating condition


n in
or c

thi

▪ Engine running at idling speed


te

sd
iva

Read measured value block 50 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display


o
r
rp

cu
o

xxxx rpm xxxx rpm Text Text


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Air conditioner compressor operating mode Compr. ON or ---
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
ON/OFF Compr. OFF
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Air conditioner operating mode A/C-High or ---
A/C-Low
Engine speed (idling speed specification) 700 rpm ---
Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31

10.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display grps 30...49, 99 -Lambda regulation-

43
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Note on display zone 2:

The value displayed is the specified figure calculated by the control unit.

Notes on display zone 3:

◆ A/C-High = Air conditioner demands too high a heating or cooling output


A/C-Low = Air conditioner not switched on.

Notes on display zone 4:

◆ "Compr. OFF" is always displayed on vehicles without air conditioner.


◆ Checking signal from and to air conditioner compressor =>Page 132

Display group 54 -Speed regulation-


▪ Whilst driving AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Read measured value block 54 o
⇒ d by V ◂ Indicated on display gu
ara
e nte
xxxx rpm Text xxx.x % xxx.x
ho ris
% eo
ut ra
1 2 3 ss a
4 ◂ Display zones Specification
c Evaluation

ce
le

Throttle valve angle 0.0...100.0% ---


un

pt
(Potentiometer 1 -G187)

an
d
itte

y li
erm

Accelerator pedal position sender 1 -G79 0.0...100.0% ---

ab
ility
ot p

Operating mode: --- ---

wit
is n

Idling, part throttle, enrichment, overrun, full throttle

h re
ole,

Engine speed 810...5700 rpm ---

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Display group 55 -Speed regulation- Idling stabilisation

rrectne
▪ Engine running at idling speed
Read measured value block 55 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display

ss
xxxx rpm xx.x % xx.x % xxxxx

o
cial p

f i
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
nform
mer

Operating mode xxxxx => Page 44 atio


m

Idling speed regulation learnt value: -8.0...8.0 % ---


o

n
c

Air conditioner on (A/C-High) -5.0...5.0 %


or

n thi
e

Air conditioner off (A/C-Low)


t

sd
iva

o
r

Idling speed regulator -4.3...12.2 % ---


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Note on display zone 3:
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Displayed is the amount that the idling speed stabilisation has moved away from the prescribed average. For
Prote AG.

a new engine the values lie in the positive range, because of the higher friction and in the negative range with
an engine that has run-in.

Significance of figures in 5-digit number block, display zone 4 - operating modes

Significance if display = 1
1 2 3 4 5 Significance
1 Air conditioner compressor switched on
x Not relevant
1 Air conditioning system switched on
x Not relevant

44 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Significance if display = 1 olksw not
byV gu
ara
x Not relevant rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un
Display group 56 -Speed regulation- Idling speed stabilisation

pt
an
d
itte

y li
▪ Engine running at idling speed

rm

ab
pe
Read measured value block 56 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display

ility
ot

wit
xxxx rpm xxxx rpm xx.x % xxxxx

, is n

h re
◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation

hole
1 2 3 4

spec
Operating mode xxxxx => Page 44
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Idling speed regulator -4.3...12.2 % ---
Engine speed (idling speed specification) 700 rpm ---

rrectness of i
Engine speed (idling speed) 810...900 rpm => Page 31
l purpos

Note on display zone 2:

nform
ercia

The value displayed is the specified figure calculated by the control unit.
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

Display group 60 -Speed regulation- Adaption EPC system 1)

thi
s
iva

do
▪ Ignition on, engine not running
r
rp

cum
fo

▪ Control unit in mode 04 basic setting

en
ng

t.
yi
Read measured value block 60 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
Co
Cop py
. rig
xx % xx % x Text
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
o
1 2 3 by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Adaption condition ADP OK ---
(ADP runs / ADP OK / ADP ERROR)
Learning step counter 0...9 ---
Throttle valve angle (Potentiometer 2 -G188) 90...10 % ---
Throttle valve angle (Potentiometer 1 -G187) 10...90 % ---

1) Adapting engine control unit to throttle valve control part => Page 127 .

Note on display group 60:

◆ Matching the throttle valve control part is performed with ignition switched on.
◆ Engine control unit is adapted to throttle valve control unit when selecting display group 60 under function
04 "Basic setting". This adaption must always be carried out when another throttle valve control part (or
another complete engine) or another engine control unit is fitted.
◆ If the voltage supply is interrupted (battery disconnected) the adaption (matching) must be carried out again
=> Page 125 Procedure after voltage supply open circuit.
◆ During adaption the counter counts upwards from 0 to 9 in display zone 3.

Display group 61 -Speed regulation- Electronic accelerator system


▪ Whilst driving
Read measured value block 61 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxx rpm --- xxx.x % xxxxx
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Operating mode xxxxx => Page 44
Throttle valve angle 0.0...100.0% ---
(Potentiometer 1 -G187)

11.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 -Speed regulation-

45
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Engine speed 810...5700 rpm ---

Display group 62 -Speed regulation- Electronic accelerator system


▪ Ignition on, engine not running
Read measured value block 62 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xx % xx % xx % xx %
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Accelerator pedal position sender 2 -G185 4...49 % ---
Accelerator pedal position sender 1 -G79 12...97 % ---
Throttle valve angle (potentiometer 2 -G188) 90...10 % ---
Throttle valve angle (potentiometer
wage
n1AG
-G187)
. Volkswagen AG
doe 10...90 % ---
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
12 - Evaluating measured
ss value blocks, display groups 70...79 -Reducing c

ce
emissions-
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
12.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display groups 70...79 -Reducing emissions-

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Only engine codes ANW, AUD

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Display group 70 -Reducing emissions- Activated charcoal filter system diagnosis (tank breathing system)

rrectne
▪ Engine running at idling speed
▪ Coolant temperature at least 80.0 °C

s
▪ Control unit in mode 04-Basic settings
s o
cial p

Read measured value block 70 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display f inform


xx.x % xx.x % --- Text
mer

atio

1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation


om

n
c

Result of activated charcoal filter diag‐ TVV OK ---


or

n thi
e

nosis
t

sd
va

(Test OFF / test ON / TVV OK / TVV


i

o
pr

cum
r

n.OK)
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Lambda regulator deviation during TVV diagnosis gh
-10.0...10.0 % ---
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Tank venting valve -N80 for activated charcoal filter system duty by c
0.0...99.0 % ---
lksw
cted agen
cycle
Prote AG.

Note:

TVV means tank venting valve. The diagnosis can only be initiated once per engine start.

Notes on display zone 2:

◆ Lambda regulator deviation in negative range: Activated charcoal filter full


◆ Lambda regulator deviation in positive range: Activated charcoal filter empty

46 01 - Self-diagnosis
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

13 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display group 100 -Readiness code-


13.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display group 100 -Readiness code-

Only engine codes ANW, AUD

Display group 100 -Readiness code-


▪ Engine running at idling speed
Read measured value block 100 ⇒ ◂ Indicated on display
xxxxxxxx xxx.x °C xxx.x s xxxxxxxx
1 2 3 4 ◂ Display zones Specification Evaluation
Diagnosis status --- ---
Period since last engine start --- ---
Coolant temperature 80.0...110.0 °C => Page 33
Readiness code 00000000 => Page 47

Significance of figures in 8-digit number block, display zone 1 - Readiness code

The readiness code is generated only when all display agen


Azones
G. Volksshow 0G do
wagen A
ksw es n
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 by Vol
Diagnostic function
ot g
ua
ed ran
0 Catalyst horis tee
ut or
0 Catalystsheating
s a (currently no diagnosis/always "0") ac

ce
le

0 Activated charcoal filter system (tank venting system)


un

pt
an
d

0 Secondary air system (not fitted/always "0")


itte

y li
erm

ab
0 Air conditioner (currently no diagnosis/always "0")

ility
ot p

0 Lambda probes

wit
is n

h re
0 Lambda probe heating
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

0 Exhaust gas recirculation (not fitted/always "0")


t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

13.1 - Evaluating measured value blocks, display group 100 -Readiness code- 47
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

24 - Mixture preparation, Injection

1 - Servicing injection system


1.1 - Servicing injection system

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2 - Fitting locations overview

Component A is not shown on the illustration.

A - Accelerator pedal position sender (G79)


◆ In footwell on accelerator pedal:

48 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
=> Repair group 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system; Servicing accelerator mechanism
Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system Servicing accelerator mechanism
1 Tank venting valve (N80)*/**

=> Repair group 20; Activated charcoal filter system Activated charcoal filter system
2 Connector
◆ Engines fulfilling D4 standard only
◆ For Lambda probe 2 after catalyst (G130) and Lambda probe heating (Z29)
◆ Black, 4-pin
◆ Contacts 3 and 4 gold plated

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o

3 Intake manifold pressure sender (G71)* with intake air temperature sender (G42)*
cial p

f inform

4 Knock sensor 1 (G61)*


mer

atio

5 Lambda probe 2 after catalyst (G130)*, 50 Nm


om

◆ Engines fulfilling D4 standard only


c

i
or

n thi
e

6 Throttle valve control part (J338)*


t

sd
iva

o
pr

7 Fuel pressure regulator


um
r
fo

en
ng

8 Intake manifold
t.
yi Co
op
9 Engine speed sender (G28)* C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
10 Motronic control unit (J220)* op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2 - Fitting locations overview 49


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

11 Brake pedal switch (F47)


◆ In footwell on brake pedal
◆ Checking => Page 133

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
12 Brake light switch (F)
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
◆ In footwell on brake pedal
◆ Checking => Page 133
13 Ignition transformer (N152)*
◆ With ignition cable identification, do not interchange
◆ => Page 139 , item 2
14 3 pin connector
◆ Black
◆ For engine speed sender (G28)
15 Coolant temperature sender (G62)*
◆ With coolant temperature gauge sender (G2)

50 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Connector
◆ For Lambda probe 1 before catalyst (G39) and Lambda probe heating (Z19)
Engine code AKK
◆ Black, 4-pin
◆ Connector contacts 3 and 4 are gold-plated
Engine codes ANW, AUD
◆ Black, 6-pin
◆ Contacts gold plated
17 Hall sender (G40)*
◆ => Page 141 , item 8
18 Lambda probe 1 before catalyst (G39)*, 50Nm
19 Injectors (N30...N33)*
20 Fuel rail
21 Activated charcoal filter

=> Repair group 20; Activated charcoal filter system Activated charcoal filter system

1.2 - Fitting locations overview 51


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.3 - General notes on injection

Servicing ignition part:

=> Repair group 28

◆ The engine control unit is equipped with self-diagnosis. Before carrying out repairs and fault finding the fault
memory must be interrogated. Also the vacuum hoses and connections must be checked (unmetered air).
◆ Fuel hoses in engine compartment must only be secured with spring type clips. The use of clamp or screw
type clips is not permissible.
◆ Disconnecting and connecting the battery must only be done with the ignition switched off, otherwise the
engine control unit could be damaged.
◆ Components marked with * are checked n Avia
G. Vthe
olkswself
agendiagnosis
AG do
=> Page 7 , interrogating and Verasing wagefault memory. es n
olks ot g
◆ Components marked with **can ed by be checked with the final control ua diagnosis => Page 19 .
ran
◆ For trouble-free operation thorisof the electrical components, a voltage of teat
e o least 11.5 V is necessary.
◆ Do not use sealants containing
s au silicone. Particles of silicone drawn into r athe engine, will not be burnt in the
c
engine and damage sthe Lambda probe.

ce
le

◆ If the engine starts, runs for a short period and then stops, after fault finding, repairs or component tests,
un

pt
an
d

then the fault may lie with the immobilizer which is blocking the engine control unit. The fault memory must
itte

y li
be interrogated and if necessary the control unit matched => Page 129 .
erm

ab
ility
◆ During some checks it is possible that the control unit will recognise and store a fault. Therefore after com‐
ot p

pleting all checks and repairs the fault memory must be interrogated and if necessary erased.

wit
is n

h re
=> Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory
ole,

◆ Vehicles with an airbag are fitted with a crash/fuel shut-off. It reduces the risk of a vehicle burning in the

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

event of a crash in that the fuel pump is switched off by the fuel pump relay. At the same time this device

t to the co
improves the starting of the engine because as soon as the door is opened the fuel pump is activated to
build-up pressure in the fuel system.

rrectne
Safety precautions =>Page 72

s
Rules for cleanliness => Page 73 s o
cial p

f in

Technical data => Page 73


form
mer

atio
m

Checking intake system for leaks (unmetered air) => Page 106 .
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Checking engine operating mode => Page 121


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

52 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.4 - Removing and installing parts of the injection system

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

1 Motronic control unit (J220)*


t to the co

◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , engine compartment overview


◆ For injection system, Lambda regulation, activated charcoal filter tank venting valve, knock control, speed
governing, ignition and self-diagnosis
rrectness of i

◆ Checking voltage supply => Page 123


◆ Procedure after voltage supply open circuit => Page 125
l purpos

◆ Renew => Page 125


◆ If replaced carry out basic setting => Page 127
nf
ercia

◆ On replacement, the control unit must be matched to the electronic immobilizer => Page 129
orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4 - Removing and installing parts of the injection system 53


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ by Vol
gu
ara
d
Motronic inj. and ignition systemorise (2-valve, roller rocker finger) -nteEdition
eo
12.1999
th
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Retaining frame
3 Supply hose
◆ Black with white marks
◆ Secure with spring-type clips
◆ Check securely seated
◆ From fuel filter:

=> Repair Group 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system; Removing and installing fuel tank
with attachments and fuel filter Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system Removing and installing
fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter

4 Return hose
◆ Blue or with blue marking
◆ Secure with spring-type clips
◆ Check securely seated
◆ To the fuel delivery unit in fuel tank

=> Repair Group 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system; Removing and installing fuel tank
with attachments and fuel filter Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system Removing and installing
fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter

54 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
orise nte Polo Estate 1998 ➤
h eo
Motronic inj. andaut ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) ra
c
- Edition 12.1999
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 10 Nm
6 Cable/line guide
◆ Clipped onto fuel rail
7 Securing clip
◆ Note version
8 Connector
◆ Black, 2-pin
◆ For injector (N30...N33)
9 Connector
◆ Black, 6-pin
◆ For throttle valve control part (J338)
◆ Connector contacts are gold-plated
10 Connector
◆ Black, 4-pin
◆ For intake manifold pressure sender and sender for intake air temperature in intake manifold
◆ Connector contacts are gold-plated

1.4 - Removing and installing parts of the injection system 55


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

11 Fuel manifold with injectors


rrectness of i

◆ Dismantling and assembling => Page 65


l purpos

12 Vacuum hose
13 20 Nm
nf
ercia

14 Intake manifold
orm

◆ Dismantling and assembling => Page 65


m

atio
m

15 From brake servo


o

n in
or c

16 5 Nm
thi
te

sd
a

17 Engine speed sender (G28)*


iv

o
r
rp

cu

◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , fitting location overview


o

m
f

en
ng

◆ To remove, remove intake manifold item 14


t.
yi Co
op
◆ Checking => Page 94 C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

56 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
18 Connector
cted agen
Prote AG.
◆ For Lambda probe 2 after catalyst (G130) and Lambda probe heating (Z29)
◆ Black, 4-pin
◆ Contacts 3 and 4 gold plated
19 Lambda probe 2 after catalyst (G130)*, 50Nm
◆ Engines fulfilling D4 standard only
◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , engine compartment overview
◆ Grease only the threads with "G 052 112 A3"; "G 052 112 A3" must not get into the slots on the probe
body
◆ Probe heating voltage supply via fuel pump relay (J17)
◆ Check Lambda probe heating for Lambda probe after catalyst => Page 78
◆ Check Lambda probe and Lambda regulation after catalyst => Page 116

1.4 - Removing and installing parts of the injection system 57


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
20 Lambda probe 1 before catalyst (G39)*, 50Nm
◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , engine compartment overview
ss

◆ Grease only the threads with "G 052 112 A3"; "G 052 112 A3" must not get into the slots on the probe
o
cial p

body
inform

◆ Probe heating voltage supply via fuel pump relay (J17)


mer

◆ Checking Lambda probe heating before catalyst => Page 74


atio
m

◆ Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation before catalyst


o

n
c

=> Page 111


i
or

n thi
e

Engine codes ANW, AUD


t

sd
va

◆ Checking Lambda probe ageing Lambda probe 1 => Page 120


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

58 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
21 Connector aut ra
ss c
◆ For Lambda probe 1 before catalyst (G39) and Lambda probe heating (Z19)
ce
e
nl

Engine code AKK


pt
du

an
itte

◆ Black, 4-pin
y li
erm

ab

◆ Connector contacts 3 and 4 are gold-plated


ility
ot p

Engine codes ANW, AUD


wit

◆ Black, 6-pin
, is n

h re

◆ Contacts gold plated


hole

spec

22 Seal
es, in part or in w

t to the co

◆ Renew
23 Thermostat housing
24 Retaining clip
rrectness of i

◆ Check seated securely


l purpos

25 O-ring
◆ Renew if damaged
nf
ercia

26 Plug
orm

◆ If necessary release pressure in cooling system before removing


m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
59
AG.
1.4 - Removing and installing parts of the injection system
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

27 Connector
◆ Black, 4-pin
◆ For coolant temperature sender (G62) and coolant temperature gauge sender (G2)
28 Coolant temperature sender (G62)*
◆ Green
◆ For engine control unit
◆ With coolant temperature gauge sender (G2)
◆ If necessary release pressure in cooling system before removing
◆ Resistance values between contacts 3 and 4
=>Page 71 , Fig. 1
◆ Checking =>Page 90
29 Guide tube
◆ For dipstick
30 6 Nm
◆ Notes on installing => Page 72

60 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
orise Polo Estate
nte
eo
1998 ➤
h
Motronic inj. and ignition system
aut
(2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition r a 12.1999
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

31 Vent pipe
◆ From tank venting valve in activated charcoal filter:

=> Repair group 20; Activated charcoal filter system Activated charcoal filter system

32 Connector
◆ Only disconnect or connect with ignition switched off

1.4 - Removing and installing parts of the injection system 61


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.5 - Dismantling and assembling intake manifold


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 Vent pipe
◆ From tank venting valve in activated charcoal filter:

=> Repair group 20; Activated charcoal filter system Activated charcoal filter system

2 Bracket
3 Vacuum valve
◆ Checking => Page 107
4 Breather hose
◆ To throttle valve control part
5 10 Nm
6 Breather hose
◆ From crankshaft breather housing connection
7 Throttle valve control part (J338)*
◆ Checking => Page 81
◆ If replaced match engine control unit => Page 127
◆ Connector contacts are gold-plated

62 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

8 Seal
iv

o
r
rp

cu

◆ Renew if damaged
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
9 Vacuum hose
yi Co
Cop py
◆ From fuel pressure regulator
t. rig
gh ht
yri
=> Page 66 , item 6
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
10 20 Nm
cted agen
Prote AG.
11 Intake manifold
◆ Removing and installing
=>Page 53 , removing and installing parts of the injection system
12 From brake servo
13 Seal
◆ Renew

1.5 - Dismantling and assembling intake manifold 63


Polo Estate 1998 ➤ gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
wa oes
Motronic inj. andy Vignition
olks system (2-valve, noroller
tg rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 O-ring
◆ Renew if damaged
15 Intake manifold pressure sender (G71)* with intake air temperature sender (G42)*
◆ Checking intake manifold pressure sender
=>Page 84
◆ Checking intake air temperature sender =>Page 86
◆ Intake air temperature sender resistance values between contacts 1 and 2=>Page 71 , Fig. 2
16 3 Nm
◆ Notes on installing => Page 72
17 Connection

64 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.6 - Dismantling and assembling fuel rail with injectors

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
1 Fuel manifold pyri
gh by
ht

◆ Removing and installing


co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
=>Page 99 , checking spray pattern and injectors for leaks Prote AG.

2 10 Nm
3 Retaining clip
◆ Check seated securely
4 O-ring
◆ Renew if damaged
◆ Before installing moisten with clean engine oil
5 Fuel pressure regulator
◆ Checking => Page 102 , checking fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure

1.6 - Dismantling and assembling fuel rail with injectors 65


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
6 Vacuum hose
an
d
itte

y li
◆ To intake manifold => Page 63 , item 9
erm

ab
ility
7 Retaining clip
ot p

wit
is n

◆ Ensure seated correctly at injector and fuel rail


h re
ole,

8 O-ring spec
urposes, in part or in wh

◆ Renew
t to the co

◆ Before installing moisten with clean engine oil


9 Injectors (N30...N33)*
◆ Checking => Page 96
rrectne

◆ Resistance 12...17 ω
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

66 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
10 Return hose gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
◆ Blue or with blue marking
c by lksw
cted agen
◆ Secure with spring-type clips Prote AG.
◆ Check securely seated
◆ To the fuel delivery unit in fuel tank

=> Repair Group 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system; Removing and installing fuel tank
with attachments and fuel filter Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system Removing and installing
fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter

11 Supply hose
◆ Black with white marks
◆ Secure with spring-type clips
◆ Check securely seated
◆ From fuel filter:

=> Repair Group 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system; Removing and installing fuel tank
with attachments and fuel filter Removing and installing parts of fuel supply system Removing and installing
fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter

1.6 - Dismantling and assembling fuel rail with injectors 67


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.7 - Dismantling and assembling air cleaner

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing and installing air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3

1 Plug
◆ Renew if damaged
2 Hexagon bolt, 10 Nm
◆ With guide for spacer
3 Spacer sleeve
4 Air cleaner upper part
5 Filter element
6 Gasket
◆ Note installation position
◆ Renew if damaged

68 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

7 Seal
s
iva

do

◆ Check securely seated


r
rp

cum
fo

◆ Renew if damaged
en
ng

t.
yi
8 Stop
Co
Cop py
t. rig
◆ Check securely seated yri
gh by
ht
◆ Renew if damaged
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
9 3 Nm
agen
Prote AG.

◆ Notes on installing => Page 72


10 Air cleaner lower part
11 Air intake housing with regulating flap
◆ Check intake air preheating => Page 107
12 Connecting piece for cold air intake
◆ Note installation position

1.7 - Dismantling and assembling air cleaner 69


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

13 Crankcase breather hose


ility
ot p

◆ From oil separator:


wit
, is n

h re
hole

=> Repair group 17; Removing and installing parts of lubrication system Removing and installing parts of lu‐
spec

brication system
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

70 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
-> Fig. 1 Resistance values for coolant temperature sender (G62)

The diagram is divided into two temperature ranges:


A- From 0...50 °C
B- From 50...105 °C

Examples:
◆ 30 °C is in range A and corresponds to a resistance of 1.5...2.0 kω
◆ 80 °C is in range B and corresponds to a resistance of 275...375 ω

-> Fig.2 Resistance values for intake air temperature sender (G42)

The diagram is divided into two temperature ranges:


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
A- From 0...50 °C ed by ua
ran
B- From 50...105 °C tho
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
Examples:
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

◆ 20 °C is in range A and corresponds to a resistance of 2.3...2.6 kω


itte

y li
erm

◆ 80 °C is in range B and corresponds to a resistance of 290...330 ω


ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

-> Fig. 3 Removing and installing air cleaner


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Removing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
- Remove plugs -1-. yri
gh by
ht
- Remove securing screws -2-. cop Vo
by lksw
- Pull crankcase breather hose -4- off air cleaner housing.
cted agen
Prote AG.
- Pull cylinder head cover breather hose off air cleaner housing.
- Unclip ignition cables -5- out of air cleaner upper part.

1.7 - Dismantling and assembling air cleaner 71


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- Remove air cleaner.

Installing

- Installing the air cleaner is carried out in the reverse order.

- -> Tighten securing screws -2- to


10 Nm.
(Ensure that the spacer sleeves -3- are first fitted into the air cleaner upper part.)
G. Volkswagen AG d
- Ensure that the ignition cables -5- are laid so that the loops of the cables
ksw
agdo not
en A touch the air cleaner
oes
n
housing.
ol ot g
yV ua
db
Notes: rise ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
When installing, ensure that the connecting pipe over thesswarm air intake is not touching body work.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
To secure the air cleaner lower part to the air cleaner upper part self tapping screws are used. If these screws
itte

y li
are loosened or tightened with a power tool the thread in the air cleaner upper or lower parts can be damaged.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
For this reason the use of a power tool can only be used when:
, is n

h re
hole

spec
◆ The maximum speed of the power tool is 300 rpm.
es, in part or in w

◆ The tightening torque is set to a maximum of 6 Nm.

t to the co
rrectness of i
1.8 - Safety precautions
l purpos

nform
ercia

Warning!
The fuel system is pressurized! Before loosening hose connections or opening the test connection, wrap a cloth
m

at
around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully pulling off the hose or carefully unscrewing sealing
om

io
plug.
n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

To prevent injuries to persons and/or damage to the fuel injection and ignition system, the following must be
p

cum
or

noted:
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
◆ For safety reasons the fuse No. 40 must be removed from the fuse holder before opening the fuel system, t. C rig
gh ht
otherwise the fuel pump can be activated by the door contact switch. pyri by
Vo
co
◆ Do not touch or disconnect ignition wiring when the engine is running or being turned at starter speed.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
◆ The ignition must be switched off before connecting or disconnecting injection or ignition system wiring or
AG.

tester cables.

Observe following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:

◆ Test and measuring instruments must be secured to rear seat and operated by a 2nd person from this
location.

72 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

If test and measuring instruments are operated from front passenger's seat and the vehicle is involved in
an accident, there is a possibility that the person sitting in this seat may receive serious injuries when the
airbag is triggered.

◆ If the engine is to be turned at starter speed, without starting:

- -> Pull 4 pin connector off ignition transformer -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
- -> Pull plug -arrows- off all injectors. horis
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
1.9 - Rules for cleanliness
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following "5 rules":

wit
is n

h re
ole,

◆ Thoroughly clean all unions and the adjacent areas before disconnecting.

spec
◆ Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and cover. Do not use fluffy cloths!
urposes, in part or in wh

◆ Carefully cover opened components or seal, if the repair cannot be carried out immediately.
◆ Only install clean components: t to the co
Only unpack replacement parts immediately prior to installation.
Do not use parts that have been stored loose (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
rrectne

◆ When the system is open:


Do not work with compressed air if this can be avoided.
s

Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.


s o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio

1.10 - Technical data


om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

Engine code AKK ANW, AUD


um
r
fo

en
ng

Idling speed check


t.
yi Co
op py
Idling speed2) rpm 810...9001) 810...9001)
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
Engine control unit3) op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.8 - Safety precautions 73


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Engine code AKK ANW, AUD


System Motronic ME7.5.10 Motronic ME7.5.10
Part number =>Parts film =>Parts film
Governed speed rpm from approx. 5700 from approx. 5700

1) Up-to-date specifications:

=> Exhaust emissions test binder

2) Not adjustable

3) Replacing engine control unit => Page 125

2 - Checking components
2.1 - Checking components

2.2 - Checking Lambda probe heating before catalyst

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594


es, in part or in w

t to the co

◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions
rrectness of i

• -> Fuse No. 1 must be OK.


l purpos

• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.


• Fuel pump relay must be OK
nform
ercia

Test sequence
m

at
om

ion

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
c

in t
or

unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
his
ate

(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)
do
priv

cum
for

en
g

-> Indicated on display:


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

74 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Rapid data transfer HELP


Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 4 and 1 for "Display group number 41" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 41
1 2 3 4

- Check status of Lambda probe heating before catalyst in display zone 2:


AG. Volkswagen AG d
Display: Htg.bC.ON lksw
agen oes
n
Vo ot g
by ua
ed ran
Note: oris tee
th or
u
The Lambda probe heating may be switchedss on or off depending on the operating mode of the engine,
a ac therefore
the display in display zone 2 may show "Htg.bC.ON or alternating from Htg.bC.ON to Htg.bC.OFF.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

If the specification is obtained:


itte

y li
rm

ab
- Press ⇒key.
pe

ility
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
ot

wit
, is n

- Switch off ignition.

h re
hole

spec
If the specification is not obtained:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Only engine codes ANW, AUD
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Engine code AKK => Page 77
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
- -> Separate 6-pin connector (black) to Lambda probe before catalyst (G39) -arrow-. Prote
cted AG.
agen

Checking voltage supply

2.2 - Checking Lambda probe heating before catalyst 75


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect the Multimeter with aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 to measure voltage on contacts 3 + 4 (connector
to engine control unit).
- Start engine and run at idling speed.
- Measure the voltage supply:
When display group 41, display zone 2 displays
Display, Htg.bC.ON:
Specification: 11.0...14.5 V
Display, Htg. bC.ON/Htg.bC.OFF (alternating) agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Specification: Between 0.0...12.0 V fluctuating Volksw not
gu
- Press ⇒key. d by ara
ise nte
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" thorand confirm entry with the Q key. eo
- Switch off ignition. sa
u ra
c
s

ce
le
un
If no voltage is present:

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


m

a
com

ti
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

on in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Check wire between test box and 6-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 4+socket 1
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

If the specification is obtained:

- Check wire between 6-pin connector contact 3 and fuel pump relay (J17) for open circuit using current flow
diagram.
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

76 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Only engine code AKK

- -> Separate 4-pin connector (black) to Lambda probe before catalyst (G39) -arrow-.

- -> Check probe heating for continuity at Lambda probe connector contacts 1 and 2.

Note:
The heater element resistance is approx. 1...5 ω at room temperature. Even slight increases in room temper‐
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
ature increase the resistance greatly. olkswage es n
o V t gu
by ara
ed
If it is determined that probe heating has an open ris circuit: nte
ho eo
aut ra
c
- Renew Lambda probe before catalyst (G39) ss
ce
e

=>Page 51 , item 18 .
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

If probe heating has continuity:


erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Checking voltage supply


his
ate

do
priv

- Set multimeter to "Voltage measurement" range.


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

77
Prote AG.
2.2 - Checking Lambda probe heating before catalyst
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect multimeter using aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 to measure voltage at contacts 1+2 (connector
to engine control unit).
- Start engine and run at idling speed.
Specification: 11.0...15.0 V
- Switch off ignition.

If no voltage is present:

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
- -> Check wiring between 4 pin connector contact 2 and engine earth for open circuit
is n

h re
Wire resistance: Max. 1.5 ω
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

If the specification is obtained:

- Check wire between 4 pin connector contact 1 and fuel pump relay (J17) for open circuit using current flow t to the co
diagram. rrectne
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
ss o
cial p

f i

2.3 - Checking Lambda probe heating after catalyst


nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

Only engine codes ANW, AUD


i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22


t.
yi Co
op
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
C py
t. rig
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
gh ht
pyri by
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

• -> Fuse No. 1 must be OK.


• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.

78 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
• Fuel pump relay must be OK

Test sequence

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 4 and 1 for "Display group number 41" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 41
1 2 3 4

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
- Check status of Lambda probeVoheating
lksw after catalyst in display
es n
ot g zone 4:
Display: Htg.aC.ON sed by ua
ran
ri tee
ho
ut or
Note: ss
a ac
ce
le
un

pt
The Lambda probe heating may be switched on or off depending on the operating mode of the engine, therefore an
d
itte

the display in display zone 4 may show "Htg.aC.ON or alternating from Htg.aC.ON to Htg.aC.OFF.
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

If the specification is obtained:


wit
is n

h re
ole,

- Press ⇒key.
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
t to the co

- Switch off ignition.

If the specification is not obtained:


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
- -> Separate 4-pin connector (black) to Lambda probe after catalyst (G130) -arrow-. cted agen
Prote AG.

2.3 - Checking Lambda probe heating after catalyst 79


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Checking voltage supply

- -> Connect multimeter using aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 to measure voltage at contacts 1+2 (connector
to engine control unit).
- Start engine and run at idling speed.
- Measure the voltage supply:
When display group 41, display zone 4 displays
Display, Htg.aC.ON:
Specification: 11.0...14.5 V
Display, Htg. aC.ON/Htg.aC.OFF (alternating)
Specification: Between 0.0...12.0 V fluctuating n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
- Press ⇒key. yV
olks es n
ot g
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the functionir se
d "End output" and confirm entry withuathe
b ran Q key.
- Switch off ignition. tho
tee
o
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

If no voltage is present:
nf
ercia

or

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


m
m

atio

- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Check wires between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 2+socket 13

80 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

If the specification is obtained:


- Check wire between 4 pin connector contact 1 and fuel pump relay (J17) for open circuit using current flow
diagram.
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

If no voltage is present and the wiring is OK:


- Renew the Lambda probe 2 after catalyst (G130) =>Page 57 , item 19 .

2.4 - Checking throttle valve control part

Components of throttle valve control part (J338):


Throttle valve drive (G186), angle sender 1 for throttle valve drive (G187) and angle sender 2 for throttle valve
drive (G188).
Note:
If the throttle valve control part is replaced, the new control part must without fail be adapted to the engine
control unit => Page 127 .
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
◆ Fault reader V.A.G Vol 1551 or vehicle system tester
ksw
a oes
not
gu
V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G ed by 1598/22 ara
nte
◆ Hand multimeter
tho
ris V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715 eo
◆ Adaptera set V.A.G 1594
u ra
c
ss
◆ Current flow diagram
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Check conditions
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.
ot p

wit
is n

h re

Test sequence
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
t to the co

with the "Address word" 01.


(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)
rrectne

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
ss

Select function XXX


o
cial p

f inform

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.
mer

atio
m

-> Indicated on display:


o

n
c

i
or

n thi

Read measured value block


te

sd
a

Input display group number XXX


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

- Press keys 0, 6 and 2 for the "Display group number 62" and confirm entry with Q key.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
-> Indicated on display:
t. rig
gh ht
yri
(1...4 = Display zones)
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Read measured value block 62 cted agen
Prote AG.
1 2 3 4

- Check throttle valve angle at idling stop from sender 1 (G187) in display zone 1
Specification: 10...90 %
- Check throttle valve at idling stop from sender 2 (G188) in display zone 2.
Specification: 90...10 %

2.3 - Checking Lambda probe heating after catalyst 81


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- Depress accelerator slowly to full throttle position and observe angles displayed in display zones 1 and 2:

The percentage figure in display zone 1 must increase evenly. Although the tolerance range 10...90 % will
not be fully exploited.
The percentage figure in display zone 2 must decrease evenly. Although the tolerance range 90...10 % will
not be fully exploited.

Notes:

◆ The reason why the display in display zone 1 increases and the display in display zone 2 decreases is
because the potentiometers (angle senders) in the throttle valve control part run in opposite directions.
◆ This means that the voltage of one angle sender moves towards 5 volts. (The more the throttle valve is
opened the higher the voltage; percentage figure increases).

◆ Whilst the voltage of angle sender 2 decreases from 5 volts towards 0 volts. (The more the throttle valve is
opened the lower the voltage; percentage figure decreases).

- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

If the displays do not indicate as described:

- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
- -> Pull 6-pin connector off throttle valve control part -arrow-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
- -> Measure resistance at throttle valve drive between contacts 3 + 5
Co
Cop py
Specification: 1.0...5.0 ω ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
If the specification is not obtained: cted agen
Prote AG.

- Replace throttle valve control part


=> Page 62 , item 7 .
- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary, repair any faults and then erase fault memory => Page 7 , inter‐
rogating and erasing fault memory.

82 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- Adapt engine control unit to throttle valve control part => Page 127 .

If the specification is obtained:

- Check voltage supply of throttle valve control part and wiring to control unit => Page 83 .
- Check the accelerator pedal position sender.

=> Repair group 20; Electronic engine output regulation (electronic accelerator (EPC)); Checking accelerator
pedal position sender Electronic engine output regulation (electronic accelerator (EPC)) Checking accelerator
pedal position sender

If the voltage supply and wiring is OK:

- Replace engine control unit


=> Page 125 .

Checking voltage supply and wiring to control unit

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Test conditions
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.


t to the co
Test sequence rrectness of i

- -> Connect Multimeter to measure voltage at connector contacts 2 + 6.


- Switch on ignition.
l purpos

Specification: min. 4.5 V


- Switch off ignition.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Connect Multimeter to measure voltage at connector contact 2 and earth.


- Switch on ignition.
Specification: min. 4.5 V
- Switch off ignition.

If the specifications are not attained:

2.4 - Checking throttle valve control part 83


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
- Remove left plenum chamber cover. Vol
ksw
a
not
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring
e d by harness. gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
- -> Check wires between test box and 6-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
l purpos

flow diagram.
Contact 1+socket 68

nform
ercia

Contact 2+socket 55
Contact 3+socket 80
m

at
om

Contact 4+socket 75

ion
c

Contact 5+socket 66

in t
or

Contact 6+socket 61

his
ate

do
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
priv

c
- Additionally check wires for short to one another, to vehicle earth and to battery positive. um
for

en
g

Specification: ∞ω
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
If no fault is detected in the wiring:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
- Check engine control unit voltage supply => Page 123 . Prote AG.

2.5 - Checking intake manifold pressure sender

Note:

Only gold-plated contacts may be used when servicing the sender connector contacts

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22


◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715

84 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594


◆ Current flow diagram

Test sequence

- -> Pull 4-pin connector off intake manifold pressure sender (G71) and intake air temperature sender (G42)
-arrow-.

- Remove left plenum chamber


n AG. Vcover.
olkswagen AG
- -> Connect test box wage 1598/22 to control
ksV.A.G nunit
ot wiring harness.
does
Vol
y gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

- -> Check wires between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
l purpos

Contact 3+socket 62
Contact 4+socket 70
nform
ercia

Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω


- Additionally check wires for short to one another, to vehicle earth and to battery positive.
m

a
com

Specification: ∞ω
tion in
r
te o

thi

If no fault is detected in the wiring:


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

- Renew the intake manifold pressure sender (G71) with intake air temperature sender (G42)
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.5 - Checking intake manifold pressure sender 85


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
=> Page 64 , item 15 .

2.6 - Checking intake air temperature sender

Note:

Only gold-plated contacts may be used when servicing the sender connector contacts

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram
◆ Chilling spray (commercially available)

Test sequence

- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
- Press keys 0, 0 and 4 for "Display group
ise
d b
number 4" and confirm entry with aQ rankey.
tee
or
h
ut or
-> Indicated on display: ss
a ac
(1...4 = Display zones)
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Read measured value block 4


itte

y li

1 2 3 4
erm

ab
ility
ot p

- Read off intake air temperature value in display zone 4.


wit
, is n

h re

- Perform check according to following table:


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Display Cause Continuation of


t to the co

check
Approx. ambient --- => Page 87
temperature1)
rrectness of i

-40 °C Open circuit or => Page 87


l purpos

short to positive
129 °C Short to earth => Page 89
nf
ercia

orm
m

1) If a temperature is displayed which is below the ambient air temperature of the sender, check sender
atio
m

wiring for transfer resistances. Note when doing this that sender is heated from external sources, e.g. radiated
o

n in
c

heat when engine is not running.


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

86 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Continuation of check when display = ambient temperature:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un
Functional check of sender

pt
an
d
itte

y li
- -> Remove intake air temperature sender together with intake manifold pressure sender (connector remains
rm

ab
connected).
pe

ility
- Note intake air temperature value in display zone 4.
ot

wit
, is n

- Spray sender with commercial chilling agent whilst observing the temperature value. The temperature value

h re
hole

must

spec
decrease.
es, in part or in w

- Press ⇒key.

t to the co
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

rrectness of i
If the specification is not obtained:
l purpos

- Renew the intake manifold pressure sender (G71) with intake air temperature sender (G42)
=> Page 64 , item 15 .

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Continuation of check when display -40 °C:


- -> Pull 4 pin connector off intake air temperature sender (G42) with intake manifold pressure sender (G71)
-arrow-.

2.6 - Checking intake air temperature sender 87


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Bridge connector contacts 1+2 using aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 and observe display.

Display jumps to 129 °C:


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
- Press ⇒key. by
Vol
k not
gu
- Press keys 0 andrise6 for the function "End output" and confirm
d ara
nte entry with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.
utho eo
r
- Renew the sintake
sa manifold pressure sender (G71) with intake aair c temperature sender (G42)
=> Page 64 , item 15 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

If the display remains at -40 °C:

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

- Press ⇒key.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
iv

o
r
rp

- Switch off ignition.


cu
o

m
f

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


en
ng

t.
yi
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Check wires between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 1+socket 54
Contact 2+socket 56
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Check wiring additionally for short circuit to battery positive.
Specification: ∞ω

If no fault is detected in the wiring:

- Renew the intake manifold pressure sender (G71) with intake air temperature sender (G42)
=> Page 64 , item 15 .

88 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
gPolo
ran Estate 1998 ➤
V
d by ua
e
Motronic inj. and ignition systemhoris
(2-valve, roller rocker finger) - teEdition
eo 12.1999
aut ra
s c
Continuation of check when display
s shows 129 °C:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

- -> Pull 4 pin connector off intake air temperature sender (G42) with intake manifold pressure sender (G71)
-arrow-.
m

a
com

tion in
If the display jumps to -40 °C:
r
te o

thi
s
iva

- Press ⇒key.

do
r
rp

c
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

um
fo

en
g

- Switch off ignition.


n

t.
yi Co
- Renew the intake manifold pressure sender (G71) with intake air temperature sender (G42) Cop py
t.
=> Page 64 , item 15 .
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
If display remains at 129 °C:
cted agen
Prote AG.

- Press ⇒key.

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

- Switch off ignition.


- Remove left plenum chamber cover.
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

2.6 - Checking intake air temperature sender 89


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Check wires between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 1+socket 54
Contact 2+socket 56
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Check wiring additionally for short circuit to battery positive.
Specification: ∞ω

If no fault is detected in the wiring:


- Renew the intake manifold pressure sender (G71) with intake air temperature sender (G42)
=> Page 64 , item 15 .

2.7 - Checking coolant temperature sender

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram

Test conditions
• Engine must be cold.

Test sequence
- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP AG. Volkswagen AG d
Select function XXX agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
- Press keys 0 andth8o for the function "Read measured value block"
r e o and confirm entry with Q key.
au ra
ss c
-> Indicated on display:
ce
le
un

pt
an

Read measured value block


d
itte

y li

Input display group number XXX


rm

ab
pe

ility

- Press keys 0, 0 and 4 for "Display group number 4" and confirm entry with Q key.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

-> Indicated on display:


spec

(1...4 = Display zones)


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Read measured value block 4


1 2 3 4
rrectness of i

- Read off coolant temperature value in display zone 3.


l purpos

- Perform check according to following table:


nform
ercia

Display Cause Continuation of


check
m

a
com

tio

Approx. coolant --- Only if spora-


n in

temperature1) dic faults


r
te o

thi

have been
s
iva

do

detected:2)
r
rp

cum
fo

=> Page 91
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Display Cause Continuation of


check
-40 °C Open circuit or => Page 92
short to positive
129 °C Short to earth => Page 93
1) If a temperature is displayed which deviates greatly from the ambient temperature of the sender, check
sender wiring for transfer resistances.
2) Check is only possible when the engine is cold.
Continuation of check when display = coolant temperature:
Functional check of sender
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
-> Indicated on display: Volksw not
gu
by ara
Rapid data transfer HELP d
rise nte
Select function XXX
tho eo
au ra
c
- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key. ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
-> Indicated on display:
itte

y li
erm

ab
Read measured value block

ility
ot p

Input display group number XXX

wit
, is n

- Press keys 0, 0 and 4 for "Display group number 4" and confirm entry with Q key.

h re
hole

spec
-> Indicated on display:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 4
1 2 3 4

rrectness of i
- Observe coolant temperature value in display zone 3 with engine running. The temperature value must
l purpos

increase evenly without interruption.

Notes:

nform
ercia

◆ Temperature increases in steps of 1.0 °C.


m

at
◆ If irregular engine running occurs in certain temperature ranges and the temperature figure does not increase
om

io
without interruption, the temperature signal is temporarily interrupted and the sender must be renewed.

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

- Press ⇒key.

do
priv

c
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
um
for

- Switch off ignition.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
If the specification is not obtained:
rig
gh ht
pyri by
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
- Replace coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender (G2) =>Page 60 , item Prote AG.
28 .

2.7 - Checking coolant temperature sender 91


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Continuation of check when display shows -40 °C:
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
- -> Pull the 4 pin connector off coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender
(G2) -arrow-.

- -> Bridge connector contacts 3+4 using aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 and observe display.

Display jumps to 129 °C: AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen
- Press ⇒key. olksw
oes
not
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End byV
output" and confirm entry with thegQua key.
ed ran
- Switch off ignition. thoris tee
- Replace coolant temperature senders au (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender or
a(G2)
c =>Page 60 , item
28 . s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
If the display remains at -40 °C:
itte

y li
erm

ab
- Press ⇒key.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
thi
te

- Switch off ignition.


sd
iva

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


r
rp

cu
o

- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

92 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Check wires for open circuit between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) using current
flow diagram.
Contact 3+socket 74
Contact 4+socket 54
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Check wiring additionally for short circuit to battery positive.
Specification: ∞ω

If no fault is detected in the wiring:

- Replace coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender (G2) =>Page 60 , item
28 .

Continuation of check when display shows


gen AG
129
. Volk°C:
swagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
yV gu
- Remove air cleaner => iPage
ed b 71 , Fig. 3. ara
nte
rs
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

- -> Pull the 4 pin connector off coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender
(G2) -arrow-.
nform
ercia

If the display jumps to -40 °C:


m

a
com

tio

- Press ⇒key.
n in
r

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
te o

thi

- Switch off ignition.


s
iva

do
r

- Replace coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender (G2) =>Page 60 , item
rp

cum
fo

28 .
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
If display remains at 129 °C:
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
- Press ⇒key. Prote
cted AG.
agen

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

- Switch off ignition.


- Remove left plenum chamber cover.

2.7 - Checking coolant temperature sender 93


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

- -> Check wires for open circuit between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) using current
flow diagram.
Contact 3+socket 74
Contact 4+socket 54
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Check wiring additionally for short circuit to battery positive.
Specification: ∞ω

If no fault is detected in the wiring:


- Replace coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender (G2) =>Page 60 , item
28 . n AG. Volkswagen A
age G do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
2.8 - Checkings aengine
ut
h
speed sender or
ac
s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

The engine speed sender (G28) is a speed and reference mark sender. The engine will not start if there is no
itte

y li

speed signal. If the speed signal fails when the engine is running, it will cause the engine to stall immediately.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
wit
is n

h re
ole,

◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715


◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
t to the co

◆ Current flow diagram


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Test conditions
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.

Test sequence
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .

94 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Detach black 3-pin connector to engine speed sender -arrow- (on thermostat housing).

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

- -> Connect multimeter to measure voltage using aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 to contacts 1 (positive) and

wit
, is n

3 (earth) on engine speed sender connector.

h re
hole

- Switch on ignition.

spec
Specification: min. 4.5 V
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Switch off ignition.

If no voltage is present:

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
- Remove left plenum chamber cover. cted agen
Prote AG.
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

- -> Check wires between test box and 3-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 1+socket 62
Contact 2+socket 53
Contact 3+socket 67
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

- Additionally check wires for short to one another.


Specification: ∞ω

2.8 - Checking engine speed sender 95


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ orise nte
e
h
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve,s aroller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999 or ac
ut
s

ce
le
If no wiring fault is detected and voltage was present between contacts 1+3:

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
- Replace engine speed sender (G28)

rm

ab
=>Page 56 , item 17 .

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
If no wiring fault is detected and no voltage was present between contacts 1+3:

h re
hole

spec
- Replace engine control unit

es, in part or in w

t to the co
=> Page 125 .

rrectness of i
2.9 - Checking injectors

l purpos
Checking activation

nform
ercia
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
m

a
com

tion in
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
r
te o

thi
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715

s
iva

do
◆ Diode test lamp V.A.G 1527
r
rp

cum
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
fo

en
g

◆ Current flow diagram


n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Check conditions
• -> Fuse No. 3 must be OK.
• Earth connection between engine (on gearbox bell housing) and body (below battery) OK.
• Earth connection in plenum chamber OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
• Engine speed sender must be OK, checking Page 94 .

• Hall sender must be OK, checking


=>Page 143 .
• Fuel pump relay must be OK

96 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Test sequence
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
- -> Pull 4 pin connector off ignition transformer -arrow-.

- -> Pull plug -arrows- off all injectors.

- -> Connect diode test lamp V.A.G 1527 using aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 to connector contacts of Cyl. 1.
- Operate the starter and check the voltage supply for No. 1 cylinder injector.
The LED must light up n AG. Volkswagen AG do
- Repeat check at the injector connectors
olkswage for Cyls. 2...4. es no
- Switch off ignition. d byV t gu
ar
e an
ris tee
tho
If the LED does not light auup on any cylinder: or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

- -> Connect diode test lamp to Cyl. 1 connector, contact 1 and earth.
The LED must light up
nform
ercia

- Repeat check at the injector connectors for Cyls. 2...4.


m

at
om

io

If the LED does not light up:


n
c

in t
or

his
e

- Switch off ignition.


at

do
riv

- Check wire between 2 pin connector contact 1 and fuel pump relay (J17) for open circuit according to current
p

cum
or

flow diagram.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.9 - Checking injectors 97
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

If the LED does not light up on one or several cylinders:

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

- -> Check wires between test box and 2-pin connectors for injectors (connector to control unit) for open circuit ility
ot

wit
using current flow diagram.
, is n

h re
Injector 1: contact 2+socket 79
hole

spec

Injector 2: contact 2+socket 59


es, in part or in w

Injector 3: contact 2+socket 73


t to the co

Injector 4: contact 2+socket 65


Injector: max. 1.5 ω
- Additionally check wires for short to one another.
rrectness of i

Specification: ∞ω
- Check wiring between connector contacts 1 of injectors for open circuit to one another.
l purpos

Wire resistance: Max. 1.5 ω


nform
ercia

Checking resistance of injectors


m

Test sequence
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

98 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Check resistance of injectors between contacts.
Specification: 12...17 ω

Note:

The resistance figures are valid for approx. 20 °C. At higher temperatures the resistance figures will increase.

If the specification is not attained:

- Renew defective injector


Page 66 , item 9 .

Perform installation of injectors in reverse order. When doing this note the following:

◆ Renew O-rings on all injectors and lightly moisten with clean engine oil.
◆ Insert injectors vertically and in the correct position into the fuel rail and secure with retaining clips.
◆ With injectors secured to fuel rail, fit fuel rail on cylinder head and press in evenly.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Checking spray pattern and for leaks


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Special tools, workshop equipment, test and measuring appliances and auxiliary items required
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.9 - Checking injectors 99


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
◆ V.A.G 1331 Torque wrench (5...50 Nm)
◆ V.A.G 1594 A Adapter set
◆ V.A.G 1630 Digital potentiometer
◆ Measuring container

Test conditions

• The fuel pressure must be in order, checking


=> Page 102 , checking fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Test sequence

t to the co
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
- -> Pull 4 pin connector off ignition transformer -arrow-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
- -> Pull the 4 pin connector off coolant temperature sender (G62) with coolant temperature gauge sender Prote AG.
(G2) -arrow-.

- -> Connect digital potentiometer V.A.G 1630 using adapter cables from V.A.G 1594 to contacts 3+4 of
connector and set connected side to 15 kω.

100 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

- -> Pull the vacuum hose off fuel pressure regulator -arrow-.
- Unclip injector wiring harness on fuel rail.
- Remove fuel rail complete with injectors from cylinder head (fuel hoses remain connected)
=> Page 56 , item 11 .

- -> Hold a small container under the injector to be checked and pull connectors off all other injectors.
- Have 2nd person operate starter. Injector must spray in pulses.
- Repeat check with other injectors ensuring that injector to be checked is only connected.
- Switch off ignitionwaand
gen Aafterwards
G. Volkswagecheck
n AG d injectors for leaks. No more than
oes
2 drops/min Volks not
gu
by
may leak
ris
efrom
d each injector. ara
nt ee
tho or
au
If the fuel
ss loss is greater: ac
ce
le
un

pt

- Switch off ignition.


an
d
itte

y li

- Renew defective injector


rm

ab

Page 66 , item 9 .
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Perform installation of injectors in reverse order. When doing this note the following:
h re
hole

spec

◆ Renew O-rings on all injectors and lightly moisten with clean engine oil.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

◆ Insert injectors vertically and in the correct position into the fuel rail and secure with retaining clips.
◆ With injectors secured to fuel rail, fit fuel rail on cylinder head and press in evenly.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.9 - Checking injectors 101


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

2.10 - Checking fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
The fuel pressure regulator regulates the fuel pressure depending on intake manifold pressure. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
The specification for the check is dependent upon the working pressure of the fuel pump. This is
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

approx. 3.0 bar

Special tools, workshop equipment, test and measuring appliances and auxiliary items required

◆ V.A.G 1318 Pressure gauge


◆ V.A.G 1318/10 Adapter
◆ V.A.G 1318/11 Adapter
◆ V.A.G 1318/16 Hose adapter
◆ V.A.G 1921 Spring-type clip pliers

102 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

Test sequence

- Pull fuel pump fuse No. 40 out of fuse holder.


- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
- -> Pull off supply pipe/hose -1- (with white marking) and collect fuel that leaks out with a cloth.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

Warning!
or

Fuel supply lines are under pressure! Before removing from hose connection wrap a cloth around the connec‐
m
m

atio

tion. Then release pressure by carefully pulling hose off connection.


om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd

- -> Connect pressure gauge V.A.G 1318 with adapter V.A.G 1318/10 to supply hose -1- and with adapter
iva

o
r

V.A.G 1318/11 and hose adapter V.A.G 1318/16 to supply pipe.


rp

cu
o

- Open shut-off tap on pressure gauge. The handle points in direction of flow.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
- Insert fuel pump fuse No. 40 into fuse holder.
t. rig
gh ht
yri
- Start the engine and run at idling speed.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
- Measure fuel pressure. Prote
cted AG.
agen
Specification: Approx. 2.5 bar

2.10 - Checking fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure 103


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole
- -> Pull vacuum hose off fuel pressure regulator -arrow-. The fuel pressure must increase to

spec
approx. 3.0 bar.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Switch off ignition.

If the specification is not obtained:

rrectness of i
- Check quantity supplied by fuel pump.
l purpos

=> Rep. Gr. 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel system; checking fuel pump

nf
ercia

orm
If the specification is obtained:
m

atio
om

n in
c

- Check for leaks and holding pressure by observing pressure drop on gauge. After 10 minutes there must
or

thi
e

be
t

sd
iva

a residual pressure of

o
r
rp

cu
at least 2.0 bar.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

If the holding pressure drops below 2 bar:

- Start the engine and run at idling speed.


- -> Switch ignition off after the pressure has built-up. At the same time close pressure measured device cut-
off tap (handle cross through-flow direction -arrow-).
- Observe pressure drop on gauge.

If the pressure does not drop:

104 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

- Check fuel pump non-return valve.

=> Rep. Gr. 20; Removing and installing parts of fuel system; checking fuel pump

If the pressure drops again:

- -> Open pressure gauge V.A.G 1318 shut-off tap (handle in direction of flow).
- Start the engine and run at idling speed.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit

- -> Switch ignition off after the pressure has build-up. At the same time clamp-off the return hose (with blue
, is n

h re

marking) -2-.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

If the pressure does not drop:


t to the co

- Renew fuel pressure regulator


=>Page 65 , item 5 .
rrectness of i

If the pressure drops again:


l purpos

- Check pipe connections, O-rings on fuel manifold and injectors for leaks.
nform
ercia

- Check pressure gauge for leaks.


m

a
com

ti

Note:
on in
r
te o

thi

Before removing pressure gauge place a cloth around the connections to be loosened.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.10 - Checking fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure 105


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
2.11 - Checking intake air system for leaks (unmetered
olks air)
wa does
not
yV b gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 au ra
ss A1 c

ce
le
un

pt
Notes:

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
◆ The vacuum in the intake system will cause the leak detector spray to be drawn in with the unmetered air.

pe

ility
The leak detector spray reduces the ignitability of the mixture. This leads to a drop in engine speed and to

ot

wit
, is n
a change of Lambda probe reading.

h re
◆ The safety precautions listed on the container must be adhered to.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

t to the co
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1

rrectness of i
l purpos

Test conditions

• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.

nform
mercia

Test sequence

a
com

tion in
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
r
te o

thi
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control

s
iva

do
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
r
rp

cum
fo

(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
-> Indicated on display: t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
Rapid data transfer HELP op Vo
Select function XXX by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 0 and 1 for "Display group number 1" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 1
1 2 3 4

Only continue with the test when

• The coolant temperature exceeds 80 °C


-display zone 2-

- Observe the engine speed in display zone 1 and the Lambda regulation in display zone 3.
- Systematically spray parts of the intake system with engine leak detector spray.

If the engine speed drops or the Lambda regulator changes:

- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.
- Check sprayed areas of intake system for leaks and rectify if necessary.

If the engine speed or Lambda regulator does not change:

- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

106 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- Switch off ignition.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
2.12 - Checking intake air preheating
d b ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
◆ Chilling spray (commercially available)
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Checking regulating flap
, is n

h re
hole

spec
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
- -> Check control flap position -1-.
op
yi Co
- Above +23 °C flap must close warm air connection
C py
ht. rig
- Below +10 °C flap opens warm air connection
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Note:
Prote AG.

The function of the thermo-element can be checked easily by spraying it with a commercial chilling agent, to
do this the air intake housing must be removed => Page 68 , Dismantling and assembling air cleaner.

2.13 - Checking vacuum valve

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ -> V.A.G 1368 Vacuum tester

2.11 - Checking intake air system for leaks (unmetered air) 107
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

◆ -> V.A.G 1390 Hand vacuum pump

Test conditions

• Ignition must be switched off

Test sequence

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .


- -> Remove vacuum valve -1- => Page 62 , item 3.
rrectness of i

- Then connect hand vacuum pump V.A.G 1390 and vacuum tester V.A.G 1368 as shown (arrow on vacuum
valve -1- points to V.A.G 1368).
l purpos

- Set vacuum tester to -A/B- position.


- Operate hand vacuum pump V.A.G 1390 several times.
Vacuum must not
nform
ercia

build up.
m

a
com

tio

Note:
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

The vacuum valve is open in the rest position.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

If vacuum builds up:


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
- Renew vacuum valve. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
If vacuum does not build up:
agen
Prote AG.

108 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

- -> Close connection -2- on vacuum valve.


- Hold vacuum valve in the hand.

nform
ercia

- Operate V.A.G 1390 several times, until the valve closes


with a noticeable click.
m

a
com

tion in
Note:
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
The vacuum valve closes at a vacuum between 250...350 mbar.
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
If vacuum valve does not close:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
- Renew vacuum valve.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 - Checking functions
3.1 - Checking functions

3.2 - Idling check

Notes:

◆ Idling speed, ignition timing and CO content not adjustable.


◆ The idling speed is regulated to specification by the throttle valve positioner in conjunction with the DIS
function.
◆ CO content regulated by Lambda regulation. Faults in Lambda control are detected in self-diagnosis and
stored in fault memory.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

Check conditions

• Exhaust system between cylinder head and catalyst free of leaks


• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off

2.13 - Checking vacuum valve 109


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Polo Estateaut 1998 ➤ ra
c
s
Motronics inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Test sequence
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control

t to the co
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)
- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary, repair fault and then erase fault memory.

rrectness of i
=> Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory
- Then:
l purpos

- Leave fault reader V.A.G 1551 connected.


- Continue running engine at idling speed.

nform
ercia

-> Indicated on display:


m

a
com

tio
Rapid data transfer HELP

n in
r

Select function XXX


te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

- Press keys 0 and 4 for the function "Initiating basic settings" and confirm entry with Q key.
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
-> Indicated on display:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Basic setting gh ht
yri by
Input display group number XXX op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
- Press keys 0, 0 and 1 for "Display group number 1" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
System in basic setting 1
1 2 3 4

Note:

In the "System in basic setting" function the tank venting valve (N80) is closed and the air conditioner com‐
pressor switched off.

- Check the adjustment conditions for basic setting in display zone 4:


Specification: 1x111111
Significance of the numbers => Page 31
- Briefly increase engine speed (rev- up) and then allow engine to run at idling speed for 2 minutes.

Checking idling speed

- Change to display group 56 as follows:


- Press C key.
- Press keys 0, 5 and 6 for "Display group number 56" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
System in basic setting 56
1 2 3 4

- Check operating modes in display zone 4


Specification: x x 0 x 0
(Significance => Page 44 )
- Check specified idling speed in display zone 2.
Specification: 850 rpm
- Check idling speed in display zone 1.
Specification: 810...900 rpm1)

1) Up-to-date specifications:

110 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor eo Polo Estate 1998 ➤
u ra
Motronic
ss a inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller
c rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

ce
le
un

pt
=> Exhaust emissions test binder

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Note:
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

During the idling check the tank venting valve (N80) and the air conditioner are switched off and the Lambda

h re
regulation learning process is initiated.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

rrectness of i
If the idling speed is not obtained:
l purpos

- Adapt the engine control unit to the throttle valve control part => Page 127
- Carry out test drive.

nform
ercia

Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a road test => Page 72 .
m

a
com

tion in
- Again interrogate the control unit fault memory.
r
te o

- Repeat the idling check.

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

c
If the specifications are not obtained again:

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
- Check throttle valve control part
C py
t. rig
=> Page 81 . gh ht
yri by
- Check the operating condition of engine
cop Vo
by lksw
=> Page 121 .
cted agen
Prote AG.
- Check intake air system for unmetered air
=> Page 106
- Check the signals from/to air conditioner
=> Page 132 .

3.3 - Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation before catalyst

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

• -> Fuse No. 1 must be OK.


• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
• Exhaust system between catalyst and cylinder head must be free of leaks
• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.

3.2 - Idling check 111


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Functional check
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV g
- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value isedblock" and confirm entry with Q key.uara
b
nte
r
ho eo
ut ra
-> Indicated on display: ss a c

ce
le
Read measured value block

un

pt
Input display group number XXX

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
- Press keys 0, 3 and 0 for the "Display group number 30" and confirm entry with Q key.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

-> Indicated on display:

h re
hole

(1...2 = Display zones)

spec
es, in part or in w

Read measured value block 30

t to the co
1 2

- Check Lambda control status before catalyst (display zone 1):

rrectness of i
Specification: 1 1 1
(Significance => Page 39 )
l purpos

Notes:

nform
ercia

◆ The first position of the 3 digit number block fluctuates between 0 and 1 (Lambda probe heating on and off).
m

a
◆ Depending upon the status of the Lambda control the 3 digit number block can show 0 or 1.
com

tion in
◆ The bits in display zone 1 will not be set to 1 until the catalyst temperature has exceeded 400.0 °C (=>
r
te o

display group 34, display zone 2).

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

c
If the specification is not obtained:

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
- Check the Lambda probe heating before catalyst . Cop py
=> Page 74 .
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
If the specification is obtained:
cted agen
Prote AG.

- Change to display group 32 as follows:


- Press C key.

- Press keys 0, 3 and 2 for "Display group number 32" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...2 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 32
1 2

- Check Lambda learnt values at idling speed (additive) in display zone 1.


Specification: -10.0...10.0 %
- Check Lambda learnt values at part load (multiplicative) in display zone 2.
Specification: -10.0...10.0 %

If the specifications are not obtained:


- =>Page 40 , Evaluating display group 32

If the specifications are obtained:


- Change to display group 33 as follows:
V.A.G 1551: Press key 3

112 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
V.A.G 1552: Press key ↑

-> Indicated on display:


(1...2 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 33
1 2

- Observe Lambda regulation in display zone 1. The display must fluctuate at least 2 % in the range
-10.0...10.0 %
- Press ⇒key.

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

If the Lambda regulation does not fluctuate in display zone 1:


- Check Lambda probe wiring for Lambda probe 1 => Page 113 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG
Engine codes ANW, ksw AUD => Page 113 . es not
age do
Engine codes Vol => Page 114 .
yAKK gu
d b ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
If the Lambda
au regulation
in display zone 1 does not as stated: fluctuate
ra
c
ss
- Carry out road test and burn Lambda probes clean and repeat check.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a road test => Page 72 .

y li
erm

ab
Only engine codes ANW, AUD

ility
ot p

If the the specifications in display zone 1 are not obtained even after a test drive, or the value does not fluctuate

wit
, is n

by at least 2 %:
h re
hole

- Check ageing of the Lambda probe before catalyst =>Page 120 .


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Check Lambda probe wiring Lambda probe 1
Only engine codes ANW, AUD
Engine codes AKK => Page 114 .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
- Remove left plenum chamber cover. Prote AG.
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

3.3 - Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation before catalyst 113
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Separate 6-pin connector (black) to Lambda probe before catalyst (G39) -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- -> Check wires between test box and 6-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 1+socket 46

rrectness of i
Contact 2+socket 34
Contact 5+socket 20
l purpos

Contact 6+socket 35
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Additionally check wires all for short to one another.

nform
ercia

Specification: ∞ω
m

a
com

tio
If no fault is detected in the wiring:

n in
r
te o

thi
- Renew Lambda probe before catalyst (G39)

s
iva

do
=>Page 58 , item 20 .
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Check Lambda probe wiring Lambda probe 1
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Only engine code AKK


- -> Separate the 4-pin connector (black) to Lambda probe before catalyst (G39) -arrow-.

114 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect multimeter with aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 to measure voltage at contacts 3+4 (connector to
engine control unit).
- Switch on ignition and measure basic voltage.
Specification: 0.040...0.050 V
- Switch off ignition.

If the specification is obtained:

- Renew Lambda probe before catalyst (G39)


=>Page 58 , item 20 .

If the specification is not obtained:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
- Remove left plenum chamber cover.

ility
ot p

- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
te

- -> Check wiring between test box and 4 pin connector (to control unit) for open circuit according to current
a

do
riv

flow diagram.
p

cum
or

Contact 3+socket 21
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Contact 4+socket 47
Co
op py
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
. C rig
ht ht
- Check wiring at connector contacts 3+4 for short circuit to contacts 1+2 according to current flow diagram.
rig by
opy Vo
Specification: ∞ω
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

If no fault is detected in the wiring:

- Renew Lambda probe before catalyst (G39)


=>Page 58 , item 20 .

3.3 - Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation before catalyst 115
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

3.4 - Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation after catalyst

Only engine codes ANW, AUD

Note:

Only gold-plated contacts may be used when servicing Lambda probe connector contacts 3 and 4.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

• -> Fuse No. 1 must be OK.


• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
• Exhaust system between catalyst and cylinder head must be free of leaks
• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Functional check Volksw not
gu
by ara
d
ise nte
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start enginethoand select "Address word" 01 of engine control
r eo
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling
ss a speed.
u ra
c
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .) ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

-> Indicated on display: y li


erm

ab
ility
Rapid data transfer HELP
ot p

Select function XXX


wit
is n

h re
ole,

- Press keys 0 and 4 for the function "Introduction of basic setting" and confirm entry with Q key.
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

-> Indicated on display:


Basic setting
Input display group number XXX
rrectne

- Press keys 0, 3 and 7 for "Display group number 37" and confirm entry with Q key.
ss o
cial p

-> Indicated on display:


inform

(1...4 = Display zones)


mer

atio

System in basic setting 37


om

1 2 3 4
n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd

- Depress brake pedal.


iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
116 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection
cted agen
Prote AG.
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
The engine speed is increased by the control unit to
approx. 1100...1300 rpm.

- Run engine at increased speed until the catalyst temperature in


display zone 2 increases to min. 400 °C.

Note:
This process can take a few minutes.
- Press C key.

The engine speed decreases to idling speed.

-> Indicated on display:


Basic setting AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Input display group
olksw number XXX not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
- Press ut
h keys 0, 3 and 0 for the "Display group number
or e o 30" and confirm entry with Q key.
a ra
ss c
-> Indicated on display:

ce
e
nl

pt
(1...2 = Display zones)
du

an
itte

y li
Read measured value block 30
erm

ab
1 2

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

- Check Lambda control status after catalyst (display zone 2): h re


hole

Specification: 1 1 1 spec
(Significance => Page 39 )
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Notes:
rrectness of i

◆ The first position of the 3 digit number block fluctuates between 0 and 1 (Lambda probe heating on and off).
◆ Depending upon the status of the Lambda control the 3 digit number block can show 0 or 1.
l purpos

◆ The bits in display zone 1 will not be set to 1 until the catalyst temperature has exceeded 400.0 °C (=>
display group 34, display zone 2).
nform
ercia

If the specification is not obtained:


m

at
om

ion

- Check Lambda probe heating after catalyst=> Page 78 .


c

in t
or

his
ate

If the specification is obtained:


do
priv

cum
for

en
g

- Change to display group 36 as follows:


n

t.
yi Co
- Press C key. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
-> Indicated on display:
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Basic setting Prote AG.
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 3 and 6 for "Display group number 36" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
System in basic setting 36
1 2 3 4

- Depress brake pedal.

The engine speed is increased by the control unit to


approx. 1100...1300 rpm.

- Check the Lambda probe voltage after catalyst in display zone 1:


Specification: 0.000...1.000 V

3.4 - Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation after catalyst 117
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
(can fluctuate slightly)

If the display in display zone 1 remains constant:


- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.
- Continue check according to following table.

Appears on display Possible fault Fault elimination


cause
Constant 1.085 V - Short to posi‐ - Check Lambda
tive via: probe 2 basic
- Lambda probe, voltage
probe wiring, => Page 119
earth wiring, en‐
gine control unit
Constant between - Open circuit
0.400...0.500 V via:
- Lambda probe,
probe wiring,
earth wiring, en‐
gine control unit
Constant 0.000 V - Short to earth
via:
- Lambda probe,
probe wiring,
earth wiring, en‐
gine control unit

- Run the engine at increased speed until the display


in display zone 4 jumps from "Test OFF" to"Test ON. The catalyst temperature
in display zone 2 must be min. 400 °C.
- Maintain the increased engine speed until the display
in display zone 4 shows the specification
wage
n AG. Volkswa"B1-P2
gen AG OK.
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
If display zone 4 showsris"B1-P2
ed n.OK": nte
- Press ⇒key. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
nl

pt
du

- Check exhaust system for leaks:


an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

=> Repair group 26; Removing and installing parts of exhaust system Removing and installing parts of exhaust
ot p

system
wit
, is n

h re

- Carry out a test drive to remove possible residue on Lambda probe and repeat check.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a road test => Page 72 .
t to the co

If the specifications are again not attained:


- Replace the Lambda probe after catalyst (G130) => Page 57 , item 19 .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

118 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Checking Lambda probe 2 basic voltage
- -> Separate 4-pin connector (black) to Lambda probe after catalyst (G130) -arrow-.

- -> Connect multimeter with aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 Ato
G.measure
Volkswagenvoltage
AG do at contacts 3+4 (connector to
engine control unit). agen es n
olksw ot g
- Start engine and measure the basic voltage. ed by
V ua
ran
Specification: 0.400...0.500 V horis tee
- Switch off ignition. s aut or
ac
s

ce
e
nl

If the specification is not obtained:

pt
du

an
itte

y li
- Check Lambda probe wiring for Lambda probe 2 => Page 119 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
If the specification is obtained:
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

- Replace the Lambda probe after catalyst (G130) => Page 57 , item 19 .
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Checking Lambda probe wiring Lambda probe 2


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
- Remove left plenum chamber cover.
gh ht
pyri by
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.4 - Checking Lambda probe and Lambda regulation after catalyst 119
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Check wires between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
Contact 3+socket 21
Contact 4+socket 47
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Check wiring at connector contacts 3+4 for short circuit to contacts 1+2 using current flow diagram.
Specification: ∞ω

If no fault is detected in the wiring:

- Replace the Lambda probe after catalyst (G130) => Page 57 , item 19 .

3.5 - Checking ageing of Lambda probe before catalyst


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Only engine codes oris ANW, AUD
e nte
h eo
aut ra
Special tools,s workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments
s c
and auxiliary items required

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Test conditions
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

• -> Fuse No. 1 must be OK.


t

sd
va

• Exhaust system between catalyst and cylinder head must be free of leaks
i

o
pr

cum
r

• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Functional check C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
by c lksw
cted agen
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
Prote AG.

(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 4 for the function "Introduction of basic setting" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Basic setting
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 3 and 4 for "Display group number 34" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)

120 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

System in basic setting 34


1 2 3 4

- Depress brake pedal.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
The engine speed is increased by the controlbyunitV to
ol not
gu
ara
approx. 1100...1300 rpm. rise
d
nte
tho eo
au ra
- Maintain the engine speed until the display
ss c
in display zone 4 jumps from "Test OFF" to "Test ON". The catalyst temperature in

ce
e
nl

pt
du
display zone 2 must be min. 400 °C.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note:

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

This process can take a few minutes.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

- Check amplitude duration in display zone 3:

t to the co
Specification: 0.7... 2.00
- Continue to maintain engine speed until the specification "B1-P1" appears in
display zone 4.

rrectness of i
- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.
l purpos

If the specifications are not attained:

nform
ercia

- Carry out a road test to free Lambda probe of possible residues and repeat the test.
m

at
om

ion
c

Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a road test => Page 72 .

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

If the specifications are again not attained:


p

cum
for

en
ng

- Renew Lambda probe before catalyst (G39)


t.
yi Co
op
=>Page 58 , item 20 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.6 - Checking engine operating mode

Note:

Checks whether engine control unit recognises the engine operating modes idling, overrun, part throttle, en‐
richment, full throttle.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

Test conditions

• Coolant temperature must be at least 80 °C, =>display group 04, display zone 3.

Test sequence

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

3.5 - Checking ageing of Lambda probe before catalyst 121


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
-> Indicated on display:
Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 0 and 5 for "Display group number 5" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display: agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
(1...4 = Display zones) o lksw not
byV gu
ara
Read measured value block ed 5
ris nte
1 2 3 ho 4 eo
aut ra
ss c
- Check whether the control unit recognises the operating mode (display zone 4):

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

◆ Idling:

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

As long as the engine is running at idling speed idling must be displayed

wit
, is n

Display: Idling

h re
hole

spec
◆ Overrun mode:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Increase engine speed to above 3000 rpm.
- Close throttle abruptly.

rrectness of i
As long as the engine speed is above 1400 rpm overrun must be displayed
l purpos

Display: Overrun

Note:

nf
ercia

orm
m

Below 1400 rpm idling speed will be recognised.


atio
om

n in
c

◆ Part throttle:
or

thi
te

sd
iva

- Rev up evenly.
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
As long as the engine is being revved up evenly, part throttle must be displayed
Co
op py
Display: Part throt. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
◆ Enrichment: Prote
cted AG.
agen

- Floor accelerator pedal (onto throttle valve stop).

Acceleration enrichment must be displayed briefly


Display: Enrichment

◆ Full throttle:

- Floor accelerator pedal (onto throttle valve stop).

Full throttle must be displayed briefly


Display: Full throttle

Note:
A test drive may have to be performed to show "Full throttle" in display.
Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a road test => Page 72 .
- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

If the specifications are not attained:


- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary, repair any faults and then erase fault memory => Page 7 , inter‐
rogating and erasing fault memory.
- Check throttle valve control part

122 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
=> Page 81 .
- Check parts of the electronic throttle control (EPC) for ease of movement:

=> Repair group 20; Electronic throttle control (EPC); Servicing parts of the electronic throttle control (EPC)
Electronic throttle control (EPC) Servicing parts of the electronic throttle control (EPC)

4 - Engine control unit


4.1 - Engine control unit

4.2 - Checking control unit voltage supply

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

• -> Fuses No. 31 and 36 must be OK.


t to the co

• Earth connection between engine (on gearbox bell housing) and body (below battery) OK.
• Earth connection in plenum chamber OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
rrectness of i

• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.
l purpos

• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
• Alternator OK, checking:
nform
ercia

=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations
m

at
om

ion
c

Test sequence
in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
p

cum

unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
for

en
g

(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
-> Indicated on display: rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Rapid data transfer HELP cted agen
Select function XXX Prote AG.

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

3.6 - Checking engine operating mode 123


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ aut
h
ra
s c
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999 s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
-> Indicated on display:

itte

y li
erm

ab
Read measured value block

ility
ot p
Input display group number XXX

wit
, is n

h re
- Press keys 0, 0 and 4 for "Display group number 4" and confirm entry with Q key.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
-> Indicated on display:

t to the co
(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 4

rrectness of i
1 2 3 4

l purpos
- Read off figure displayed in display zone 2.
Specification: At least 11.5 V
- Press the ⇒key.

nform
ercia

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
m

- Switch off ignition.

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

If the specification is not attained:

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

Checking voltage supply terminal 30

- Measure voltage supply with multimeter and aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 between test box sockets 2+15
and 15+28:
Specification: min. 11.5 V

If the specification is not attained:

- Check wiring connections to relay plate according to current flow diagram.

=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations

Checking voltage supply terminal 15

- Measure voltage supply with multimeter and aux. cables from V.A.G 1594 between test box sockets 2+27
and 27+28:
- Switch on ignition.
Specification: min. 11.5 V

If the specification is not attained:

- Check wiring connections to relay plate according to current flow diagram.

=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations

124 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

4.3 - Procedure after voltage supply open circuit

All values learnt by the engine control unit and the basic setting values as well as the readiness code will be
erased if the voltage supply is interrupted. Therefore, depending upon the vehicle mileage it can lead to serious
engine running problems.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

Work sequence
G. Volkswagen
Perform the following operations after voltage
lksw
agesupply
nA open circuit:
AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
db
- Switch ignition on for at least o10 ris seconds.
e ran
tee
- Switch off ignition. aut
h or
a
- Adapt the engine control sunit
s to the throttle valve control part => Page 127 c
- Perform idling check

ce
le
un

pt
=> Page 109

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Note:
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

During the idling check the tank venting valve (N80) and the air conditioner are switched off and the Lambda

h re
hole

regulation learning process is initiated.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Perform a longer test drive until the poor driving characteristics are eliminated.

During the road test the following operating conditions must be fulfilled:

rrectness of i
- The coolant temperature must exceed 80 °C .
- When the temperature is reached, the operating conditions
l purpos

Idling
Part throttle
Full throttle

nform
ercia

Overrun
m

must be attained several times.


a
com

tio
- At full throttle the speed must exceed 3500 rpm. n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

4.4 - Replacing engine control unit


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
AG.

Removing

- First print out the control unit identification and thereby the previous control unit coding as follows:
- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> On the display the control unit identification and coding are displayed, e.g.:
6K0906032M ME 7. 5. 10 2921

Coding 00001 WSC 00000

- Print out the control unit identification by pressing the fault reader print button.
- Press the ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key.

- Switch off ignition.


- Remove left plenum chamber cover.

4.3 - Procedure after voltage supply open circuit 125


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Polo Estate 1998 horis
➤ eo
ut
Motronic inj. sand
s a ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker r afinger) c - Edition 12.1999

ce
e
nl
- Unlock engine control unit connector and pull it off.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

- -> Carefully lever off securing clip, using a screwdriver -right arrow-.
m

at
om

i
- Pull control unit forwards out of retaining frame -arrows-.

on
c

in t
or

his
e

Installing
at

do
priv

cum
or

- Slide the new control unit into the retaining frame.


f

en
ng

t.
- Engage the retaining clip.
yi Co
op
- Install control unit connector and lock.
C py
t. rig
gh
- Adapt new control unit to throttle valve control part => Page 127
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
- Adapt new control unit to the electronic immobilizer => Page 129 by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Engine code AUD

=> Electrical system; Repair group 01; Immobilizer self-diagnosis; Adaption following renewal of engine control
unit Immobilizer self-diagnosis Adaption following renewal of engine control unit

4.5 - Coding engine control unit

Notes:
◆ A 5-character code must always be displayed during the control unit identification.
◆ The control unit must be recoded if the vehicle relevant coding is not displayed or the control unit has been
renewed.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 with cable V.A.G 1551/3

Work sequence

- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 7 for the function "Code control unit" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Coding control unit Q
Enter code number XXXXX (0-32000)

- Enter the relevant code number for this vehicle and confirm with Q key.

126 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
-> On the display the control unit identification and coding are displayed, e.g.:
6K0906032M ME 7. 5. 10 2921

Coding 00001 WSC 00000

-> Indicated on display when a non-authorised code number has been entered.
Function is not recognised or cannot

be performed at the moment.

- Press the ⇒key.


- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

Note:

The code unit entered and shown on the display will not be used by the Motronic control unit until the ignition
has been switched off once.

An incorrect coding leads to:

◆ Engine running faults (gear change jerks, load change jerks, etc.)
◆ Increased fuel consumption
◆ Increased exhaust gas emissions n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
olks ot g
◆ Faults stored in fault memory which are ed
bynot actually present
V ua
ran
◆ Functions will not be performed (Lambda
horis regulation, activation of the activated techarcoal
eo filter system, etc.).
◆ On front wheel drive vehicles the autraction control will not function (TC warning lamp
t r a comes on)
c
◆ Reduced gearbox life ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Code table:
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Code number Vehicles with
ot

wit
, is n

00001 Manual gearbox

h re
hole

spec
00011 Manual gearbox with ABS
es, in part or in w

00021 Manual gearbox with airbag

t to the co
00031 Manual gearbox with ABS and airbag
00003 Automatic gearbox rrectness of i
00013 Automatic gearbox with ABS
l purpos

00023 Automatic gearbox with airbag


00033 Automatic gearbox with ABS
nform
ercia

and airbag
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

4.6 - Adapting engine control unit to throttle valve control part


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
The adaption teaches the engine control unit the various positions of the throttle unit when the ignition is
Co
op py
switched on and the engine is not running. These positions are stored in the control unit. The feedback of the
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
throttle valve position is via both angle senders for throttle valve drive. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Adapting sequence must be performed if:

◆ The voltage supply is interrupted


◆ The throttle valve control unit is removed and installed
◆ The throttle valve control unit is renewed
◆ If when installing another engine another throttle valve control unit is installed
◆ The engine control unit is renewed.

4.5 - Coding engine control unit 127


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

Check conditions

• Ignition on, engine not running


• No faults must be stored in fault memory => Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory.
• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.
• The throttle valve must be at idling speed position (The accelerator must not be operated during the test).
• Coolant temperature must be 5...105 °C =>display group 04, display zone 3.

Work sequence

- Connect the fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Then switch ignition on and select engine control unit
with the "Address word" 01.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)G. Volkswagen
nA AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
-> Indicated on display: by
V ua
ed ran
Rapid data transfer HELP oris tee
Select function XXX th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
- Press keys 0 and 4 for the function "Initiating basic settings" and confirm entry with Q key.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
-> Indicated on display:

ility
ot p

wit
Basic setting
is n

Input display group number XXX

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

- Press keys 0, 6 and 0 for the "Display group number 60" and confirm entry with Q key.

t to the co
-> Indicated on display:
(1...4 = display zones)

rrectne
Basic setting 60
xxx % xxx % x ADP. runs

ss o
cial p

f
After pressing the Q key the throttle valve positioner is switched so that it is not supplied with voltage at start

in
of test.

form
mer

atio
m

◆ Learning step 1: The engine control unit checks if all test conditions are fulfilled.
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

◆ Learning step 2: The throttle valve part is switched to no voltage (emergency operation position). The angle
t

sd
va

sender values of the emergency operation position are stored in engine control unit.
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

◆ Learning step 3: The throttle valve is set to a value above the emergency operation point.
en
ng

t.
◆ Learning step 4: The final stage of the throttle valve positioner is switched off. Now the mechanical spring op
yi Co
must set the throttle valve to the previously learnt emergency operation position within a certain time (spring
C py
ht. rig
closing test). rig ht
py by
Vo
◆ Learning step 5: The throttle valve is closed by the throttle valve positioner (lower mechanical stop).
co lksw
by
cted agen
◆ Learning step 6: The throttle valve angle value on lower mechanical stop will be stored in control unit. Then Prote AG.
the lower electrical stop will be defined (calculated) and stored in the control unit.
◆ Learning step 7: The final stage is switched off at the lower mechanical stop. Now the mechanical spring
must set the throttle valve in the emergency operation position (spring opening test).

◆ Learning step 8: The sender angle values are checked.


◆ Learning step 9: Adaption ends.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = display zones)
Basic setting 60
xxx % xxx % 9 ADP. OK.

Adapting has been performed successfully.

128 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition
en AG. Vsystem
olkswagen (2-valve,
AG roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
ag does
ksw not
Vol
- Terminate engine d b basic setting at earliest after 30 seconds
y gu
ara by pressing the⇒ key.
- ise 6 for the function "End output" and confirm
Press keys 0horand nte entry with the Q key.
e
aut or
a
s c
To store thes values:

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
- Switch off ignition.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note:

wit
, is n

h re
If the basic setting of the control unit is interrupted, the cause could be one of the following:
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

◆ The test conditions were not fulfilled.

t to the co
◆ Throttle valve control unit or wiring is defective. Check => Page 81 .

After an interruption a fault is stored in fault memory. When next switching on ignition the basic setting is

rrectness of i
automatically performed again.
l purpos

nf
ercia

4.7 - Adapting engine control unit to electronic immobilizer

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

Engine code AUD

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
=> Electrical system; Repair group 01; Immobilizer self-diagnosis; Adaption following renewal of engine control
o

m
f

unit Immobilizer self-diagnosis Adaption following renewal of engine control unit


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
◆ VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System
cted agen
Prote AG.
◆ Diagnosis cable VAS 5051/1 or VAS 5051/3

Conditions

• Authorized vehicle key required.

Work sequence

- -> Pull out ashtray -1-.


- Fit connector from diagnosis cable VAS 5051/1 or VAS 5051/3 to diagnosis connection.
- Switch on ignition.
- Operate fault reader or vehicle system tester taking into account the information on the display:
- Press button on display for "Vehicle self-diagnosis".
- Press keys 2 and 5 for address word "Immobilizer" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


6H0953257 IMMO VWZ3Z0V6474044 V64
Coding 00000 WSC XXXXX

4.6 - Adapting engine control unit to throttle valve control part 129
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ . Volkswagen AG
gen AG do s
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve,
o l swa
kroller rocker finger) - eEdition
not 12.1999
V g y ua
db ran
ise
- Press the ⇒key. tho
r tee
or
s au ac
s
-> Indicated on display:

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Rapid data transfer HELP

itte

y li
Select function XXX

erm

ab
ility
ot p
- Press keys 1 and 0 for function "Adaption" and confirm entry with Q key.

wit
, is n

h re
hole
-> Indicated on display:

spec
es, in part or in w
Adaption

t to the co
Feed in channel number XX

- Press key 0 twice for "Channel number 0" and confirm entry with Q key.

rrectness of i
-> Indicated on display:
l purpos

Adaption Q
Erase learnt values?

nform
mercia

- Confirm input with Q key.

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

-> Indicated on display:


o

his
ate

do
riv

Adaption
p

c
Learnt values have been erased

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
- Conclude adaption by pressing ⇒ key. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the function "End output" and confirm entry with the Q key. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
-> Indicated on display:
Rapid data transfer HELP
Enter address word XX

- Switch off ignition.

Note:
The identity of the engine control unit is read into the immobilizer control unit when next switching the ignition
on.

5 - Checking additional signals


5.1 - Checking additional signals

5.2 - Checking speed signal

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.

130 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
• Speedometer must be OK., checking speedometer:

=> Electrical system; Repair group 90


• No faults must be stored in fault memory => Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory.

Test sequence
Note:
To check the speed signal the vehicle must be driven. To do this a second person is necessary.

Warning!
Secure fault reader to rear seat and operate from this position.

Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a road test => Page 72 .
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 0 and 5 for "Display group number 5" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 5
1 2 3 4 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
- Carry out test drive with a 2nd person to riseobserve
d display. ara
nte
- Observe figure displayed in display uzone
tho 3: eo
ra
Specification: approx. driven speed
ss a c
- Drive slower. The displayed value must
ce
e
nl

pt

decrease.
du

an
itte

- Press the ⇒key.


y li
erm

ab

- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
ility
ot p

- Switch off ignition.


wit
, is n

h re

If no speed is indicated or the display values reduce when driving slowly:


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.


t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2 - Checking speed signal 131


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
- Connect multimeter to measure voltage between test box sockets 27 (terminal 15) + 5 (speed signal).
- Switch on ignition.
- Lift vehicle at front left.
- Rotate front wheel and observe voltage display.
Specification: between 0 and at least 4 Volt fluctuating

Note: AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
lksw not
If necessary, hold the front right wheel dto by prevent it from turning.
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
If the display does not fluctuate: auth ra
ss c

ce
le

- Check wiring to speedometer/speedometer sender:


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations binder
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

5.3 - Checking signal from/to air conditioning system

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

rrectness of i
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
l purpos

◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715


◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594

nform
ercia

◆ Current flow diagram


m

a
Test conditions
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.
s
iva

• Air conditioner functioning OK. do


r
rp

c
• Air conditioner must be switched off
um
fo

en
g

• Vehicle at room temperature (warmer than + 15 °C).


n

t.
yi Co
• No faults must be stored in fault memory => Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Test sequence co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

-> Indicated on display:


Rapid data transfer HELP
Select function XXX

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


Read measured value block
Input display group number XXX

- Press keys 0, 5 and 0 for "Display group number 50" and confirm entry with Q key.

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 50
1 2 3 4

- Observe display in display zone 3. It must show


A/C-Low.
- Observe display in display zone 4. It must show

132 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Compr. OFF.

- Switch on air conditioning system.


- Select lowest temperature and highest blower speed.

The display in display zone 3 must change to


A/C-High.
The display in display zone 4 must change to
Compr. ON.

- Floor acceleratorwapedal
gen AGquickly and then
. Volkswagen AG
doe release (brief burst of throttle).
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
The display
ris
ed in display zone 4 must change from nte
Compr.ON
utho eo
ra
toss a c
Compr. OFF

ce
le
un

pt
for a few seconds (compressor switch-off when vehicle is accelerating).

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
- Press the ⇒key.
pe

ility
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
ot

wit
, is n

- Switch off ignition.

h re
hole

spec
If the display does not change:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Remove left plenum chamber cover.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
cop Vo
by lksw
- Check wiring for open circuit between test box sockets 17 + 42 and air conditioner using current flow diagram.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω

If no fault can be found in the wiring:

- Interrogate fault memory, if necessary, repair any faults and then erase fault memory => Page 7 , inter‐
rogating and erasing fault memory.
- Check function of air conditioner control unit.

5.4 - Checking signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715


◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Current flow diagram

5.3 - Checking signal from/to air conditioning system 133


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Check conditions

• -> Fuses No. 15 and 24 must be OK.


• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.

Test sequence
Note: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
The brake pedal switch
by
V (F47) and brake light switchot(F)
ol n
gu are two separate components.
a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

- -> Pull the connector off brake light switch (item 2) and brake pedal switch (item 1).
- Connect the multimeter to measure resistance between contacts 1 and 2 of brake light switch (item 2).
l purpos

Specification: ∞ ω (no continuity)


- Depress brake pedal.
nform
ercia

Specification: approx. 0 ω
- Connect the multimeter to measure resistance between contacts 1 and 2 of brake pedal switch (item 1).
m

at

Specification: approx. 0 ω
om

io

- Depress the brake pedal.


n
c

in t
or

Specification: ∞ ω (no continuity)


his
ate

do
priv

If the specifications are not attained:


um
for

en
g

- Replace the brake light switch or brake pedal switch.


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
If the specifications are obtained:
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

134 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect multimeter to measure voltage between contact 1 of brake light switch -2- and earth.
Specification: at least 11.5 V
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect multimeter to measure voltage between contact 1 of brake pedal switch -1- and earth.
Specification: at least 11.5 V
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
If the specifications are by not obtained:
Vol
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
- Check wiring
aut between connector contact 1 and fuse box using
h
ra current flow diagram.
ss c

ce
le

=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations binder
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
If the specification is obtained:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

- Remove left plenum chamber cover. i


or

n thi
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
te

sd
a

- Check wiring for open circuit between test box and connectors using current flow diagram.
iv

o
pr

Contact 2+socket 51 brake pedal switch


um
r
fo

en
ng

Contact 2+socket 23 brake light switch


t.
yi Co
Wire resistance: Max. 1.5 ω Cop py
t. rig
- Additionally check wires for short to one another. yri
gh by
ht
- Additionally check the wiring for short to battery positive or earth.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.5 - Checking rpm signal

Note:

The engine rpm signal output is on contact 41 of engine control unit. Amongst other things the signal is nec‐
essary for the rev. counter in dash panel insert.

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22


◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
◆ Current flow diagram

Test conditions

• No faults must be stored in fault memory => Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory.

Test sequence

- Remove left plenum chamber cover.

5.4 - Checking signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch 135
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
- Check wiring from test box contact 41 to dash panel insert for open circuit using current flow diagram:

=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations binder

5.6 - Checking matching resistor of data bus


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Function Volksw not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
The engine control unit communicatesuwith
thor
other data bus-compatible control units. eo
a ra
ss c
The control units are connected via a twisted pair of data bus wires ("high" and "low") and exchange information

ce
le
un

pt
(messages). Information missing from the data bus will be recognised as a fault by both the engine control unit

an
d
itte

and other data bus control units.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The data bus requires a matching resistor to function fault free. This central matching resistor is located in the

wit
is n

engine control unit.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Test conditions

• A data bus fault has been recognised by the self-diagnosis. t to the co


rrectne
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22


ss o

◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715


cial p

f i

◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594


nform

◆ Current flow diagram


mer

atio
om

Test sequence
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

- Switch off ignition.


iv

o
pr

- Unlock the engine control unit connector and pull it off.


um
r
fo

en
ng

- Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to engine control unit.


t.
yi Co
- Check centralized matching resistor in engine control unit. t. Cop py
- To do this perform a resistance measurement between the test box
rig
gh ht
yri by
Sockets 31 + 32 op Vo
by c lksw
Specification: 60...72 ω cted agen
Prote AG.

If the resistance measurement is outside the specified range:

- Renew engine control unit => Page 125 .

If the resistance value is within the specified range:

- Repair the fault:

136 24 - Mixture preparation, Injection


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by Polo Estate 1998nte ➤
d ara
ise
r
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve,
tho roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999 eo
s au ra
c
s
=> Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations binder

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.6 - Checking matching resistor of data bus 137


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Polo Estate 1998 V➤ olks
w es n
ot g
by ua
Motronic inj. rand
ised ignition system (2-valve, rollerran rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
t ee
tho or
28 - Ignition system s au ac
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

1 - Servicing ignition system

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

1.1 - Servicing ignition system

t to the co
rrectness of i
1.2 - General notes on ignition system
l purpos

◆ Only the components which specifically relate to the ignition system are dealt with here. For the other com‐

nform
ercia

ponents of the injection and ignition system => Repair group 24.
◆ Disconnecting and connecting the battery must only be done with the ignition switched off, otherwise the
m

a
com

t
engine control unit could be damaged.

ion in
◆ The engine control unit is equipped with self diagnosis.
r
te o

thi
◆ Components marked with * are checked via the self diagnosis

s
iva

do
=> Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory.
r
rp

cum
◆ For trouble-free operation of the electrical components a voltage of at least 11.5 V is necessary.
fo

en
g

◆ Before carrying out repairs and for fault finding, interrogate fault memory => Page 7 , interrogating and
n

t.
yi Co
op
erasing fault memory C py
t. rig
◆ During some checks it is possible that the control unit will recognise and store a fault. Therefore after com‐
gh ht
pyri by
pleting all checks and repairs the fault memory must be interrogated and if necessary erased.
co Vo
by lksw
cted
=> Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory
agen
Prote AG.

◆ If the engine starts, runs for a short period and then stops, after fault finding, repairs or component tests,
then the fault may lie with the immobilizer which is blocking the engine control unit. The fault memory must
be interrogated and if necessary the control unit matched => Page 129 .

Safety precautions => Page 142

Test data, spark plugs => Page 142

138 28 - Ignition system


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

1.3 - Removing and installing parts of the ignition system

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Note:
Prote AG.

Motronic control unit (J220)* with connectors

=> Page 49 , item 10 .

1 Connector
◆ Black, 4 pin
◆ For ignition transformer (N152)
2 Ignition transformer (N152)*
◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , engine compartment overview
◆ Checking => Page 144
◆ With marking for ignition cables:
A = Cylinder 1
B = Cylinder 3
C = Cylinder 2
D = Cylinder 4
3 10 Nm

1.3 - Removing and installing parts of the ignition system 139


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Polo Estate 1998 d by ➤
V gu
ara
e nte
Motronic inj. horand
is
ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker
eo finger) - Edition 12.1999
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Connector
◆ Black, 2-pin
◆ For knock sensor 1 (G61)
◆ Sensor and connector contacts are gold-plated
5 Knock sensor 1 (G61)*
◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , engine compartment overview
◆ Checking => Page 148
◆ Sensor and connector contacts are gold-plated
6 20 Nm
◆ Tightening torque influences the function of the knock sensor
7 Connector
◆ Black, 3-pin
◆ Hall sender (G40)

140 28 - Ignition system


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

8 Hall sender (G40)*

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
◆ Fitting location => Page 48 , engine compartment overview
f

en
ng

t.
◆ Checking => Page 143
yi Co
Cop py
9 O-ring ht. rig
rig ht
py by
◆ Renew if damaged co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
10 Spark plug, 30 Nm Prote AG.

◆ Remove and install with spark plug spanner 3122B


◆ Type and electrode gap
=> Page 142 , test data, spark plugs
11 Bracket
◆ For ignition transformer (N152)
12 H.T. cable
◆ With suppression connector and spark plug connector
◆ Resistance 4.8...7.2 kω

1.3 - Removing and installing parts of the ignition system 141


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition
en AG. V
olksystem
swagen AG (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
ag does
ksw not
Vol
1.4 - Safety precautions
ed
by gu
ara
nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
To prevent injuries to persons and/or damage to the fuel injection and ignition system, the following must be

ce
e
nl

noted:

pt
du

an
itte

y li
◆ Do not touch or disconnect ignition wiring when the engine is running or being turned at starter speed.
erm

ab
◆ The ignition must be switched off before connecting or disconnecting injection or ignition system wiring or

ility
ot p

tester cables.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Observe following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
◆ Test and measuring instruments must be secured to rear seat and operated by a 2nd person from this
location.

rrectness of i
If test and measuring instruments are operated from front passenger's seat and the vehicle is involved in
an accident, there is a possibility that the person sitting in this seat may receive serious injuries when the
l purpos

airbag is triggered.

nf
ercia

◆ If the engine is to be turned at starter speed, without starting:

orm
m

atio
- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Pull 4 pin connector off ignition transformer -arrow-.

- -> Pull plug -arrows- off all injectors.

1.5 - Test data, spark plugs

Engine code AKK ANW, AUD


Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
Spark plugs1), 2)

142 28 - Ignition system


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
oris nte
eo Polo Estate 1998 ➤
th
Motronics inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker
au ra
c finger) - Edition 12.1999
s

ce
le
un

pt
Engine code AKK ANW, AUD

an
d
itte

y li
VW/Audi rm 101 000 062 AB 101 000 062 AB

ab
pe

ility
Manufacturer's designation NGK PZFR 5 D-11 NGK PZFR 5 D-11
ot

wit
, is n

Electrode gap max. 1.0... 1.1 mm max. 1.0... 1.1 mm

h re
hole

Tightening torque 30 Nm 30 Nm

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1) The up-to-date figures and the spark plug change intervals:

=> Exhaust emissions test binder

rrectness of i
2) Remove and install spark plugs with 3122B
l purpos

nform
ercia

1.6 - Checking Hall sender


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22

um
fo

en
g

◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715


n

t.
yi Co
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594 Cop py
ht. rig
◆ Current flow diagram opy
rig by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted
Check conditions
agen
Prote AG.

• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.


• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.
• Hall sender screwed on tight

Test sequence

- -> Pull 3-pin connector off Hall sender -arrow-.

1.5 - Test data, spark plugs 143


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- -> Connect multimeter to measure voltage with adapter cables from V.A.G 1594 to contacts 1 (positive) and
3 (earth) on the Hall sender connector.
- Switch on ignition.
Specification: min. 4.5 V
- Switch off ignition.

If no voltage is present:

- Remove left plenum chamber cover. n AG. Volkswagen AG do


- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring
olks harness.
wage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
- -> Check wiring between test box and 3-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram.
l purpos

Contact 1+socket 62
Contact 2+socket 60
nform
ercia

Contact 3+socket 54
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
m

at

- Additionally check wires for short to one another.


om

ion

Specification: ∞ω
c

in t
or

his
ate

If no wiring fault is detected and voltage was present between contacts 1+3:
do
priv

cum
or

- Renew Hall sender (G40)


f

en
ng

t.
yi
=> Page 141 , item 8 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
If no wiring fault is detected and no voltage was present between contacts 1+3:
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
- Replace engine control unit Prote AG.
=> Page 125 .

1.7 - Checking ignition transformer

Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715

144 28 - Ignition system


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594
◆ Diode test lamp V.A.G 1527
◆ Current flow diagram

Check conditions

• -> Fuse No. 34 must be OK.


• The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.
• If the vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system, this must be switched off.
• All electrical consumers, e.g. lights and rear window heating must be switched off.
• Hall sender must be OK, checking
=>Page 143 .
• Engine speed sender must be OK, checking Page 94 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
Test sequence
ss c
ce
le
un

- Remove air cleaner => Page 71 , Fig. 3 .


pt
an
d

- -> Pull 4 pin connector off ignition transformer -arrow-.


itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Checking voltage supply


wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

- -> Using multimeter and adapter cables from V.A.G 1594 measure the supply voltage between contacts 2
thi
te

sd
a

+4 of disconnected connector.
iv

o
pr

- Switch on ignition.
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
145
agen
Prote AG.
1.7 - Checking ignition transformer
Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Specification: min. 11.5 V
- Switch off ignition.

If no voltage is present:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
- -> Check wire
oris between 4 pin connector contact 2 and
ed
ntrelay
ee plate for open circuit according to current flow
diagram.auth or
ac
Wire
s resistance: max. 1.5 ω
s
- Check wire between 4 pin connector contact 4 and earth for open circuit according to current flow diagram.
ce
le
un

Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω pt


an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Checking activation
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Warning!
spec

During the following test do not touch the terminals of the ignition transformer or test cables.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
- -> Pull plug -arrows- off all injectors. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Connect diode test lamp V.A.G 1527 with adapter cables from V.A.G 1594 to
contacts 1 + 4 (ignition output 1),
contacts 3 + 4 (ignition output 2)

146 28 - Ignition system


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
of disconnected connector.

- Operate starter and check the ignition signal from engine control unit.
The LED must flicker
AG. Volkswagen AG d
- Switch off ignition. lksw
agen oes
n
o ot g
yV ua
db ran
If the LED flickers and there is voltage
ris
e
between contacts 2 + 4: tee
ho
aut or
ac
s
- Renew ignition transformers (N152)

ce
le
=> Page 139 , item 2 .
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

The LED does not flicker:

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
- Check wiring => Page 147
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Checking wiring
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
- Remove left plenum chamber cover.
yi Co
op
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

- -> Check wires between test box and 4-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
flow diagram..
Contact 1+socket 57
Contact 3+socket 71
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Additionally check wires for short to one another.
Specification: ∞ω

If no wiring fault is detected and voltage was present between contacts 2+4:

- Replace engine control unit


=> Page 125 .

1.7 - Checking ignition transformer 147


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Checking secondary resistance

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
- -> Check the secondary winding on terminal 4 between rised ara
nte
Cyl. 1+Cyl. 4, ut
ho eo
ra
Cyl. 2+Cyl. 3. ss a c
Specification: 4.0... 6.0 kω (at 20 °C)

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

If the specifications are not attained:

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
- Renew ignition transformer (N152)
ot

wit
, is n

=> Page 139 , item 2 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1.8 - Checking knock sensor

rrectness of i
Notes:
l purpos

◆ It is extremely important to keep to the tightening torque of 20 Nm to ensure the knock sensors perform
perfectly.

nform
ercia

◆ Only gold-plated contacts may be used when servicing the knock sensor connector contacts.
m

a
com

tion in
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
r
te o

thi
s
iva

◆ Test box V.A.G 1598/22

do
r
rp

c
◆ Hand multimeter V.A.G 1526 or multimeter V.A.G 1715
um
fo

en
g

◆ Adapter set V.A.G 1594


n

t.
yi Co
◆ Current flow diagram t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
Test conditions
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Knock sensor fault recognised by self-diagnosis =>Page 7 , interrogating and erasing fault memory.

148 28 - Ignition system


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
Test sequence

- -> Pull 2 pin connector off knock sensor -arrow-.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- Remove left plenum chamber cover.
- -> Connect test box V.A.G 1598/22 to control unit wiring harness.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
- -> Check wires between test box and 2-pin connector (connector to control unit) for open circuit using current
AG.

flow diagram.
Contact 1+socket 77
Contact 2+socket 63
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ω
- Additionally check wires for short to one another.
Specification: ∞ω

If no fault is detected in the wiring:

- Loosen knock sensor and tighten again to 20 Nm.


- Carry out test drive.

Observe the valid safety precautions when carrying out a test drive => Page 142 .

During the road test the following operating conditions must be fulfilled:
- The coolant temperature must exceed 80 °C .

- When the temperature is reached, the operating conditions


Idling
Part throttle
Full throttle
Overrun
must be attained several times.
- At full throttle the speed must exceed 3500 rpm.
Again interrogate the control unit fault memory.

If the fault is still present:

- Replace knock sensor (G61) =>Page 140 , item 5 .

1.8 - Checking knock sensor 149


n AG. gen AG Volkswa
Polo Estate 1998 ➤ wage does
Volks not
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve,
ed byroller rocker finger) - Edition gu
a12.1999
ra
ris nte
tho eo
1.9 - Check misfiring recognition ss
au ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
Only engines which conform to D4 standard (engine code ANW)

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
Special tools, workshop equipment, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required

wit
is n

h re
◆ Fault reader V.A.G 1551 or vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 with cable V.A.G 1551/3A

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Test sequence

t to the co
- Connect fault reader V.A.G 1551 (V.A.G 1552). Start engine and select "Address word" 01 of engine control
unit. When doing this the engine must be running at idling speed.

rrectne
(Connecting fault reader and selecting engine control unit => Page 4 .)

s
-> Indicated on display:

s o
cial p

f in
Rapid data transfer HELP

form
Select function XXX
mer

atio
m

- Press keys 0 and 8 for the function "Read measured value block" and confirm entry with Q key.
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

-> Indicated on display:

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

Read measured value block


fo

en
ng

Input display group number XXX t.


yi Co
Cop py
- Press keys 0, 1 and 4 for "Display group number 14" and confirm entry with Q key.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
-> Indicated on display: cted agen
Prote AG.
(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 14
1 2 3 4

- Check the misfire recognition status in display zone 4.


Specification: "activated"
- Check total misfires in display zone 3.
Specification: 0

If the specifications are obtained:


- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

If the specifications are not attained:


- Change to display group 15 as follows:
V.A.G 1551: Press key 3
V.A.G 1552: Press key ↑

-> Indicated on display:


(1...4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 15
1 2 3 4

- Check the misfire recognition status in display zone 4.


Specification: "activated"

- Check misfiring of Cyl. 1...Cyl. 3 in display zones 1...3.


Specification: 0

If the specifications are not attained:


- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.

150 28 - Ignition system


Polo Estate 1998 ➤
Motronic inj. and ignition system (2-valve, roller rocker finger) - Edition 12.1999
- Switch off ignition.
- =>Page 36 , Evaluating display group 15 and display group 16.

If the specifications are obtained:

- Change to display group 16 as follows:


V.A.G 1551: Press key 3
V.A.G 1552: Press key ↑

-> Indicated on display:


(1 and 4 = Display zones)
Read measured value block 16
1 4

- Check misfire recognition status in display zone 4.


Specification: "activated"

- Check misfiring of Cyl. 4 in display zone 1


Specification: 0
- Press ⇒key.
- Press keys 0 and 6 for the "End output" function and confirm input with the Q key.
- Switch off ignition.

If the specification is not attained:

- =>Page 36 , Evaluating display group 15 and display group 16.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.9 - Check misfiring recognition 151

You might also like